Project Manual CROSSROADS ELEMENTARY HAMLINE …

Project Manual

CROSSROADS ELEMENTARY

HAMLINE ELEMENTARY WASHINGTON TECHNOLOGY MAGNET

DISTRICT WIDE SECURITY CAMERA

PROJECT # 0700-18-04

BID # A217040-A

Saint Paul, Minnesota

Bid Set April 26, 2019

District Wide Security Camera Project Project Directory

00 01 01 - 1

SECTION 00 01 01 PROJECT DIRECTORY

Project:

Crossroads Elementary Hamline Elementary Washington Technology Magnet School District Wide Security Camera Project Project # 0700-18-04

Location: Only projects highlighted in table below are to be included for bidding.

5150 694 North Prior Avenue 694 N Prior Avenue 2010 Adams Spanish Immersion 615 Chatsworth St S 2000 Administrative Campus (360 Colborne, Bridgeview) 360 Colborne St 4280 AGAPE 1037 University Ave 1160 American Indian at Mounds Park 1075 Third St E 1010 Ames Elementary 1760 Ames Place

3210 Barack and Michelle Obama Service Learning Elementary at Webster Building 707 Holly Ave

2040 Battle Creek Elementary 60 S Ruth St 2050 Battle Creek Middle 2121 Park Dr N 2002 Bridge View 360 Colborne St 1020 Bruce F Vento Elementary 409 Case Ave E 3020 Central Senior 275 Lexington Pkwy N 4060 Chelsea Heights Elementary 1557 Huron St 2070 Cherokee Heights Elementary 694 Charlton St 2110 Community Based PSD - 1780 W 7th St 1780 7th St W 4090 Como Park Elementary 780 Wheelock Pkwy W 4110 Como Park Senior 740 Rose Ave W 4120 Crossroads Elementary 543 Front Ave 1060 Daytons Bluff Elementary 262 Bates Ave 4000 District Service Facility (DSF) / 1930 Como 1930 Como Ave 1070 Eastern Heights Elementary 2001 Margaret St 3040 EXPO Elementary at Harriet Bishop building 540 Warwick St 1090 Farnsworth Lower Campus 1290 Arcade St 1030 Farnsworth Upper Campus at Cleveland building 1000 Walsh St 2003 Focus Beyond 340 Colborne St 3120 Four Seasons Elementary 318 Moore St 1100 Frost Lake Elementary 1505 Hoyt Ave E 4150 Galtier Elementary 1317 Charles Ave 4350 Gordon Parks 1212 University Ave


00 01 01 - 2

3030 Groveland Park Elementary 2045 St Clair Ave 4160 Hamline Elementary 1599 Englewood Ave 1110 Harding Senior 1540 Sixth St E

1130 Hazel Park Prepatory Academy 1140 White Bear Ave N

3060 Highland Park Elementary 1700 Saunders Ave 3081 Highland Park Junior 975 Snelling Ave S 3082 Highland Park Senior 1015 Snelling Ave S 2120 Highwood Hills Elementary 2188 Londin Ln 3130 Horace Mann Elementary 2001 Eleanor Ave 4080 Hubbs Center 1030 University Ave W 2141 Humboldt Junior 640 Humboldt Ave 2142 Humboldt Senior 30 Baker St E 4170 Jackson Elementary 437 Edmund Ave 3110 JJ Hill Elementary 998 Selby Ave 1140 John A Johnson Elementary 740 York Ave 1150 Johnson Senior 1349 Arcade St 2150 Journey's Secondary at Jefferson Building 90 Western Ave 4270 LEAP Senior at Wilson Building 631 Albert St N 1190 L'Etoile Du Nord at Parkway Building 1363 Bush Ave E 3100 Linwood Monroe Arts Plus - Linwood Campus 1023 Osceola Ave 2160 Linwood Monroe Arts Plus - Monroe Campus 810 Palace Ave 4180 Maxfield Elementary 380 Victoria St N 4190 Mississippi Elementary 1575 L'Orient St 4200 Murray Middle School 2200 Buford Ave 3173 Museum Magnet at Rondo 560 Concordia Ave 1180 Nokomis Elementary 985 Ruth St N 2170 Open World/Creative Arts 65 Kellogg Blvd E 4260 Paul & Shelia Wellstone at Washington building 1041 Marion St 1200 Phalen Lake Elementary 1089 Cypress St 1210 Prosperity Heights 1305 Prosperity Ave 3140 Ramsey Middle School 1700 Summit Ave 3150 Randolph Heights Elementary 348 Hamline Ave S 3090 Homecroft - RiverEast Elementary at Homecroft 1845 Sheridan Ave 3160 Riverside 900 Albion Ave 2180 Riverview Elementary 271 Belvidere St E

3170 Rondo Campus (Benjamin E. Mays / Capitol Hill / Museum Magnet) 560 Concordia Ave

2190 Roosevelt Elementary 160 Isabel St E 4210 Saint Paul Music Academy 27 Geranium Ave E


00 01 01 - 3

1220 Sheridan 525 White Bear Ave N 4250 St Anthony Park Elementary 2180 Knapp St 4010 Student Placement Center 2102 University Ave 1120 The Heights Community School 1863 Clear Ave E 4040 Washington Technology Magnet School 1495 Rice St 1040 Wheelock Elementary 1521 Edgerton St

Owner: Independent School District No. 625 Saint Paul Public Schools 360 Colborne St. Saint Paul, MN 55102

Owner’s Representatives: Facility Planning Project Manager Andrew Sivanich 651-744-1816 Purchasing Department Bradley Miller 651-767-8291 Environmental Safety Coordinator Ted Sherman 651-744-1803 Building Head Engineer-Crossroads Andy Deneen 651-767-8540

Building Head Engineer- Hamline. Vince Aviles 651-293-8715

Building Head Engineer- Wash Tech Joel Miner 651-293-8830

Architect: Paul Meyer Architects, Inc 15650 36th Ave N, Suite 170 Plymouth, MN 55446

Architect’s Representative: Paul Humiston 763-557-9081

Low Voltage Consultant: The Westlund Group 12527 Central Ave NE Blaine, MN 55434

Engineer’s Representative: Jeff Westlund 763-767-2534

END OF SECTION

SECTION 00 01 10 TABLE OF CONTENTS

Division 0 – Procurement and Contracting Requirements 00 01 01 Project Directory 00 01 10 Table of Contents 00 11 00 Bidding Information 00 21 00 Instructions to Bidders

• AIA Document A701 – 1997 • Contractor Verification and Compliance Form • Attachments A-1 and A-2 to the Contractor Verification and

Compliance Form 00 31 00 Project Conditions 00 41 00 Bid Request Form 00 52 00 Forms of Agreement

• AIA Document A101 - 2007 00 60 00 Project Forms 00 70 00 Conditions of the Contract

• AIA Document A201 - 2007 00 73 20 Smoking and Tobacco Policy 00 73 40 Prevailing Wage Rates / Independent Contractorship Division 1 – General Requirements 01 11 00 Summary of the Work 01 23 00 Alternates 01 25 00 Product Substitution Procedures 01 25 01 Product Substitution Proposal 01 26 00 Contract Modification Procedures 01 31 00 Project Meetings and Coordination 01 31 01 Contractor’s Daily Log (example) 01 33 00 Submittal Procedures 01 35 43 Environmental Procedures - Hazardous Materials 01 45 00 Quality Control 01 50 00 Temporary Facilities 01 56 15 Temporary Dust Barriers 01 66 00 Product Storage and Handling 01 74 10 Cleaning 01 74 20 Construction Waste Management and Recycling 01 77 00 Closeout Procedures 01 78 00 Operation and Maintenance Data 01 78 40 Project Record Documents

District Wide Security Camera Project Table of Contents

00 01 10 - 1

Division 2 – 6 NOT USED Division 7 – Thermal and Moisture Protection 07 84 00 Firestopping Division 8 NOT USED Division 9 – Finishes 09 91 00 Painting Division 10 – 26 NOT USED Division 27 – Communications See Index at beginning of Division 27 Division 28-39 NOT USED Drawings (dated 04-26-19): T-1 Hamline Elementary T-2 Crossroads Elementary T-3, 4 & 5 Washington Technology Magnet

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Table of Contents

00 01 10 - 2

District Wide Security Camera Project Bidding Information

00 11 00- 1

SECTION 00 11 00 BIDDING INFORMATION

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 ANNOUNCEMENT OF BIDDING

A. The Board of Education, Independent School District No. 625, Saint Paul Public Schools, will receive sealed bids for:

[District Wide Security Camera Project] Crossroads Elementary Hamline Elementary Washington Technology Magnet School See section 00 01 01 Project Directory for site addresses Project # 0700-18-04 Bid # A217040-A

B. Saint Paul Public Schools makes Announcements of Bidding in the following locations:

1. The Saint Paul Public Schools website www.spps.org/vendor

1.2 SUBMISSION OF BIDS

A. Bids will be received until 3:00 p.m. on Thursday, May 16st 2019 by the St Paul Public Schools Facilities Department at 1930 Como Ave, St. Paul MN 55108 or by email to [email protected]. Bids submitted after the designated time will not be accepted.

1.3 WEATHER DELAY

A. In the event that regular daytime classes have been canceled at the time Bids are scheduled to be received, Bids will be received on the next business day at the same time.

1.4 BID SECURITY

A. For all Bids exceeding $50,000, Bid Security shall be submitted with the Bid, in the form specified in the Instruction to Bidders, in the amount of 5% of the Base Bid and all Additive Alternates.

1.5 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

A. Installation of owner provided security camera equipment at various District #625 locations.

1.6 BIDDING DOCUMENTS

A. Contact Architect to obtain electronic copies of specifications and drawings.

B. Bid Forms will be the "Request for Bid" Form included in the Project Manual in section 00 41 00.

C. The “Contractor Verification of Compliance” Form and ‘Attachments A-1 and A-2’ are included in the Project Manual in section 00 21 00. Bidders must submit completed form with the “Request for Bid” Form.

1. Each Bidder shall review Minn. Stat § 16C.285 to verify eligibility for consideration under the criteria established. Statute can be found at www.leg.state.mn.us


00 11 00- 2

1.7 QUALIFICATION

Each bidder shall review the General Conditions of the Contract, request for Bid Form and Contractor Verification of Compliance form included in the project manual in section 00 21 00, to verify eligibility for consideration under the criteria established for this project.

1.8 PRE-BID CONFERENCE / WALK-THROUGH

A. It is MANDATORY that a qualified representative from each prospective bidder’s organization attends the Pre-bid Conference scheduled for this project. Sub-bidders are encouraged to attend. Prime Contractors are required to attend and will be responsible for any items discussed at the pre-bid meeting. Direct any communications to the Architect.

B. Meet at Hamline Elementary, 1599 Englewood Ave, St. Paul, MN 55104.

1. Pre-bid Conference #1 will be held on Thursday May 9th 2019 at 7:30 AM.

C. Pre-bid Conference doors will close at the above start time, as indicated by a clock at the designated meeting location. Late prospective bidders will not be allowed to sign-in on the attendance form.

D. Immediately following the Pre-Bid Conference, a tour/inspection period for all project building sites will be available to prospective bidders.

E. Prospective bidders will be required to sign-in and sign-out on the attendance form and a list of the prospective bidders will be included in an Addendum. Only those organizations listed in the addendum are eligible to submit a bid.

1.9 PROJECT SCHEDULE

A. The Owner intends to award the Contract within 7 days of receipt of all bids.

B. The earliest Construction Start Date shall be Full Execution of Contract Documents.

C. Substantial Completion shall be on or before [July 31st, 2019].

1.10 WAGE DETERMINATION REQUIREMENTS

A. Minnesota Prevailing Wage statutes apply to this Work. Bidder is responsible for obtaining schedule of prevailing wage rates currently in effect and complying with these wage rates.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 Not Used


00 11 00- 3

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Instructions to Bidders

00 21 00 - 1

SECTION 00 21 00 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 SCOPE

A. AIA Document A701, 2018 Edition, is hereby made a part of this Project Manual and has been included in its entirety, following this section, for reference.

B. Supplementary instructions have been edited and inserted into this document. Locations of modifications to the original are indicated in the left margin.

C. ‘Request for Bid’ Document has been included in its entirety, in Section 00 41 00. Bidders must submit completed form.

D. Responsible Contractor ‘Verification of Compliance’ Form has been included in its entirety, following this section. Bidders must submit completed form with the “Request for Bid” Form as required by Minn. Stat § 16C.285.

E. Attachments A-1 and A-2 are Supplement to Responsible Contractor ‘Verification of Compliance as required by Minn. Stat § 16C.285 . Forms have been included in their entirety, following this section. Bidders must submit completed form A-1 and A-2 as required by ‘Verification of Compliance’ form.

F. The provisions and requirements of this document shall apply to all Bidders and Sub-bidders.


District Wide Security Camera Project Instructions to Bidders

00 21 00 - 2

END OF SECTION

Document A701TM – 1997 Instructions to Bidders

AIA Document A701™ – 1997. Copyright © 1970, 1974, 1978, 1987 and 1997 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA®

Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 07:44:01 on 12/31/2015 under Order No.6702176040_1 which expires on 06/29/2016, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1951548226)

1

ADDITIONS AND DELETIONS: The author of this document has added information needed for its completion. The author may also have revised the text of the original AIA standard form. An Additions and Deletions Report that notes added information as well as revisions to the standard form text is available from the author and should be reviewed. A vertical line in the left margin of this document indicates where the author has added necessary information and where the author has added to or deleted from the original AIA text.

This document has important legal consequences. Consultation with an attorney is encouraged with respect to its completion or modification.

for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) As noted in 00 01 01 Project Directory THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) Saint Paul Public Schools Independent Public School District No. 625 360 Colborne Street Saint Paul, MN 55102 651-744-1800 THE ARCHITECT: (Name, legal status and address) As noted in 00 01 01 Project Directory TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 DEFINITIONS 2 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS 6 POST-BID INFORMATION 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR



2

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS § 1.1 Bidding Documents include the Bidding Requirements and the proposed Contract Documents. The Bidding Requirements consist of the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, Instructions to Bidders, Supplementary Instructions to Bidders, the bid form, and other sample bidding and contract forms. The proposed Contract Documents consist of the form of Agreement between the Owner and Contractor, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications and all Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract. § 1.2 Definitions set forth in the General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, AIA Document A201, or in other Contract Documents are applicable to the Bidding Documents. § 1.3 Addenda are written or graphic instruments issued by the Architect prior to the execution of the Contract which modify or interpret the Bidding Documents by additions, deletions, clarifications or corrections. § 1.4 A Bid is a complete and properly executed proposal to do the Work for the sums stipulated therein, submitted in accordance with the Bidding Documents. § 1.5 The Base Bid is the sum stated in the Bid for which the Bidder offers to perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents as the base, to which Work may be added or from which Work may be deleted for sums stated in Alternate Bids. § 1.6 An Alternate Bid (or Alternate) is an amount stated in the Bid to be added to or deducted from the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in the Work, as described in the Bidding Documents, is accepted. § 1.7 A Unit Price is an amount stated in the Bid as a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment or services or a portion of the Work as described in the Bidding Documents. § 1.8 A Bidder is a person or entity who submits a Bid and who meets the requirements set forth in the Bidding Documents. § 1.9 A Sub-bidder is a person or entity who submits a bid to a Bidder for materials, equipment or labor for a portion of the Work. ARTICLE 2 BIDDER’S REPRESENTATIONS § 2.1 The Bidder by making a Bid represents that: § 2.1.1 The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents or Contract Documents, to the extent that such documentation relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, and for other portions of the Project, if any, being bid concurrently or presently under construction. § 2.1.2 The Bid is made in compliance with the Bidding Documents. § 2.1.3 The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and has correlated the Bidder’s personal observations with the requirements of the proposed Contract Documents. § 2.1.4 The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bidding Documents without exception. § 2.1.5 The Bidder is familiar with the Owner’s Affirmative Action Program and shall cause each of their Subcontractors to be familiar with the program.. § 2.1.6 The Schedule Requirements contained within the Bidding Documents are reasonable and the Bidder will meet the required completion dates. ARTICLE 3 BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.1 COPIES § 3.1.1 Bidders may obtain complete sets of the Bidding Documents from the issuing office designated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid in the number and for the deposit sum, if any, stated therein. The deposit will be



3

refunded to Bidders who submit a bona fide Bid and return the Bidding Documents in good condition within ten days after receipt of Bids. The cost of replacement of missing or damaged documents will be deducted from the deposit. A Bidder receiving a Contract award may retain the Bidding Documents and the Bidder’s deposit will be refunded. § 3.1.2 Bidding Documents will not be issued directly to Sub-bidders unless specifically offered in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, or in supplementary instructions to bidders. § 3.1.3 Bidders shall use complete sets of Bidding Documents in preparing Bids; neither the Owner nor Architect assumes responsibility for errors or misinterpretations resulting from the use of incomplete sets of Bidding Documents. (Paragraph deleted) § 3.2 INTERPRETATION OR CORRECTION OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS § 3.2.1 The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents with each other, and with other work being bid concurrently or presently under construction to the extent that it relates to the Work for which the Bid is submitted, shall examine the site and local conditions, and shall at once report to the Architect errors, inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered. § 3.2.2 Bidders and Sub-bidders requiring clarification or interpretation of the Bidding Documents shall make a written request which shall reach the Architect at least seven days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.2.3 Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents will be made by Addendum. Interpretations, corrections and changes of the Bidding Documents made in any other manner will not be binding, and Bidders shall not rely upon them. § 3.3 SUBSTITUTIONS § 3.3.1 The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents establish a standard of required function, dimension, appearance and quality to be met by any proposed substitution. § 3.3.2 No substitution will be considered prior to receipt of Bids unless written request for approval has been received by the Architect at least ten days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Such requests shall include the name of the material or equipment for which it is to be substituted and a complete description of the proposed substitution including drawings, performance and test data, and other information necessary for an evaluation. A statement setting forth changes in other materials, equipment or other portions of the Work, including changes in the work of other contracts that incorporation of the proposed substitution would require, shall be included. The burden of proof of the merit of the proposed substitution is upon the proposer. The Architect’s decision of approval or disapproval of a proposed substitution shall be final. § 3.3.3 If the Architect approves a proposed substitution prior to receipt of Bids, such approval will be set forth in an Addendum. Bidders shall not rely upon approvals made in any other manner. § 3.3.4 No substitutions will be considered after the Contract award unless specifically provided for in the Contract Documents. § 3.4 ADDENDA § 3.4.1 Addenda will be transmitted to all who are known by the issuing office to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents. § 3.4.2 Copies of Addenda will be made available for inspection wherever Bidding Documents are on file for that purpose. § 3.4.3 Addenda will be issued no later than four days prior to the date for receipt of Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which includes postponement of the date for receipt of Bids. § 3.4.4 Each Bidder shall ascertain prior to submitting a Bid that the Bidder has received all Addenda issued, and the Bidder shall acknowledge their receipt in the Bid.



4

ARTICLE 4 BIDDING PROCEDURES § 4.1 PREPARATION OF BIDS § 4.1.1 Bids shall be submitted on the forms included with the Bidding Documents. § 4.1.2 All blanks on the bid form shall be legibly executed in a non-erasable medium. § 4.1.3 Sums shall be expressed in both words and figures. In case of discrepancy, the amount written in words shall govern. § 4.1.4 Interlineations, alterations and erasures must be initialed by the signer of the Bid. § 4.1.5 All requested Alternates shall be bid. If no change in the Base Bid is required, enter "No Change." § 4.1.6 Where two or more Bids for designated portions of the Work have been requested, the Bidder may, without forfeiture of the bid security, state the Bidder’s refusal to accept award of less than the combination of Bids stipulated by the Bidder. The Bidder shall make no additional stipulations on the bid form nor qualify the Bid in any other manner. § 4.1.7 Each copy of the Bid shall state the legal name of the Bidder and the nature of legal form of the Bidder. The Bidder shall provide evidence of legal authority to perform within the jurisdiction of the Work. Each copy shall be signed by the person or persons legally authorized to bind the Bidder to a contract. A Bid by a corporation shall further give the state of incorporation and have the corporate seal affixed. A Bid submitted by an agent shall have a current power of attorney attached certifying the agent’s authority to bind the Bidder. § 4.1.8 Sales taxes and Federal excise taxes are to be included in your Bid. § 4.2 BID SECURITY § 4.2.1 Each Bid shall be accompanied by a bid security in the form and amount required if so stipulated in the Instructions to Bidders. The Bidder pledges to enter into a Contract with the Owner on the terms stated in the Bid and will, if required, furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Should the Bidder refuse to enter into such Contract or fail to furnish such bonds if required, the amount of the bid security shall be forfeited to the Owner as liquidated damages, not as a penalty. The amount of the bid security shall not be forfeited to the Owner in the event the Owner fails to comply with Section 6.2. § 4.2.2 If a surety bond is required, it shall be written on AIA Document A310, Bid Bond, unless otherwise provided in the Bidding Documents, and the attorney-in-fact who executes the bond on behalf of the surety shall affix to the bond a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. § 4.2.3 The Owner will have the right to retain the bid security of Bidders to whom an award is being considered until either (a) the Contract has been executed and bonds, if required, have been furnished, or (b) the specified time has elapsed so that Bids may be withdrawn or (c) all Bids have been rejected. § 4.2.4 Bid security shall be returned after execution of the Contract and approval of the Performance and Payment Bonds by the Owner. § 4.3 SUBMISSION OF BIDS § 4.3.1 All copies of the Bid, the bid security, if any, and any other documents required to be submitted with the Bid shall be enclosed in a sealed opaque envelope. The envelope shall be addressed to the party receiving the Bids and shall be identified with the Project name, the Bidder’s name and address and, if applicable, the designated portion of the Work for which the Bid is submitted. If the Bid is sent by mail, the sealed envelope shall be enclosed in a separate mailing envelope with the notation "SEALED BID ENCLOSED" on the face thereof. § 4.3.2 Bids shall be deposited at the designated location prior to the time and date for receipt of Bids. Bids received after the time and date for receipt of Bids will be returned unopened.



5

§ 4.3.3 The Bidder shall assume full responsibility for timely delivery at the location designated for receipt of Bids. § 4.3.4 Oral, telephonic, telegraphic, facsimile or other electronically transmitted bids will not be considered. § 4.3.5 Alternate proposals not requested by the Owner nor stipulated on the "Request for Bid" form will not be considered or acted upon. § 4.4 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID § 4.4.1 A Bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated time period following the time and date designated for the receipt of Bids, and each Bidder so agrees in submitting a Bid. § 4.4.2 Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be modified or withdrawn by notice to the party receiving Bids at the place designated for receipt of Bids. Such notice shall be in writing over the signature of the Bidder. Written confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be received, and date- and time-stamped by the receiving party on or before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not to reveal the amount of the original Bid. § 4.4.3 Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for the receipt of Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these Instructions to Bidders. § 4.4.4 Bid security, if required, shall be in an amount sufficient for the Bid as resubmitted. ARTICLE 5 CONSIDERATION OF BIDS § 5.1 OPENING OF BIDS § 5.1.1 At the discretion of the Owner, if stipulated in the Advertisement or Invitation to Bid, the properly identified Bids received on time will be publicly opened and will be read aloud. An abstract of the Bids may be made available to Bidders. § 5.2 REJECTION OF BIDS The Owner shall have the right to reject any or all Bids. A Bid not accompanied by a required bid security or by other data required by the Bidding Documents, or a Bid which is in any way incomplete or irregular is subject to rejection. § 5.3 ACCEPTANCE OF BID (AWARD) § 5.3.1 It is the intent of the Owner to award a Contract to the lowest qualified Bidder provided the Bid has been submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Bidding Documents and does not exceed the funds available. The Owner shall have the right to waive informalities and irregularities in a Bid received and to accept the Bid which, in the Owner’s judgment, is in the Owner’s own best interests. § 5.3.2 The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Bidding Documents, and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and Alternates accepted. ARTICLE 6 POST-BID INFORMATION § 6.1 CONTRACTOR’S QUALIFICATION STATEMENT Bidders to whom award of a Contract is under consideration shall submit to the Architect, upon request, a properly executed AIA Document A305, Contractor’s Qualification Statement, unless such a Statement has been previously required and submitted as a prerequisite to the issuance of Bidding Documents. § 6.2 OWNER’S FINANCIAL CAPABILITY The Owner shall, at the request of the Bidder to whom award of a Contract is under consideration and no later than seven days prior to the expiration of the time for withdrawal of Bids, furnish to the Bidder reasonable evidence that financial arrangements have been made to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract. Unless such reasonable evidence is furnished, the Bidder will not be required to execute the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. § 6.3 SUBMITTALS § 6.3.1 The Bidder shall, as soon as practicable or as stipulated in the Bidding Documents, after notification of selection for the award of a Contract, furnish to the Owner through the Architect in writing:

.1 a designation of the Work to be performed with the Bidder’s own forces;



6

.2 names of the manufacturers, products, and the suppliers of principal items or systems of materials and equipment proposed for the Work; and

.3 names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for the principal portions of the Work.

§ 6.3.2 The Bidder will be required to establish to the satisfaction of the Architect and Owner the reliability and responsibility of the persons or entities proposed to furnish and perform the Work described in the Bidding Documents. § 6.3.3 Prior to the execution of the Contract, the Architect will notify the Bidder in writing if either the Owner or Architect, after due investigation, has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Bidder. If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a proposed person or entity, the Bidder may, at the Bidder’s option, (1) withdraw the Bid or (2) submit an acceptable substitute person or entity with an adjustment in the Base Bid or Alternate Bid to cover the difference in cost occasioned by such substitution. The Owner may accept the adjusted bid price or disqualify the Bidder. In the event of either withdrawal or disqualification, bid security will not be forfeited. § 6.3.4 Persons and entities proposed by the Bidder and to whom the Owner and Architect have made no reasonable objection must be used on the Work for which they were proposed and shall not be changed except with the written consent of the Owner and Architect. ARTICLE 7 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 7.1 BOND REQUIREMENTS § 7.1.1 If stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the Bidder shall furnish bonds covering the faithful performance of the Contract and payment of all obligations arising thereunder. Bonds may be secured through the Bidder’s usual sources. § 7.1.2 If the furnishing of such bonds is stipulated in the Bidding Documents, the cost shall be included in the Bid. If the furnishing of such bonds is required after receipt of bids and before execution of the Contract, the cost of such bonds shall be added to the Bid in determining the Contract Sum. § 7.1.3 If the Owner requires that bonds be secured from other than the Bidder’s usual sources, changes in cost will be adjusted as provided in the Contract Documents. § 7.2 TIME OF DELIVERY AND FORM OF BONDS § 7.2.1 The Bidder shall deliver the required bonds to the Owner not later than three days following the date of execution of the Contract. If the Work is to be commenced prior thereto in response to a letter of intent, the Bidder shall, prior to commencement of the Work, submit evidence satisfactory to the Owner that such bonds will be furnished and delivered in accordance with this Section 7.2.1. § 7.2.2 Unless otherwise provided, the bonds shall be written on AIA Document A312, Performance Bond and Payment Bond. Both bonds shall be written in the amount of the Contract Sum. § 7.2.3 The bonds shall be dated on or after the date of the Contract. § 7.2.4 The Bidder shall require the attorney-in-fact who executes the required bonds on behalf of the surety to affix thereto a certified and current copy of the power of attorney. ARTICLE 8 FORM OF AGREEMENT BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR Unless otherwise required in the Bidding Documents, the Agreement for the Work will be written on AIA Document A101, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor Where the Basis of Payment Is a Stipulated Sum.

1

CONTRACTOR VERIFICATION AND COMPLIANCE WITH MINN. STAT. § 16C.285 1 SPPS PROJECT TITLE: District Wide Security Camera Project SPPS PROJECT #0700-18-04

I. The Contractor understands and agrees that, pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 7:

A. The term “responsible contractor,” as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3, means a contractor that conforms to the responsibility requirements in the solicitation document for its portion of the work on the project and verifies that it meets the minimum criteria set forth in subdivision 3;

B. Any prime contractor or subcontractor that does not meet the minimum criteria set forth

in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3 or fails to verify that it meets those criteria is not a responsible contractor and is not eligible to be awarded a construction contract for the project or to perform work on the project;

C. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria shall

render the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction contract on the project and may result in termination of a contract awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement; and

D. A prime contractor shall submit to the contracting authority upon request copies of the

signed verifications of compliance from all subcontractors of any tier pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subd. 3(7).

II. The Contractor further understands and agrees that, pursuant to Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, subds.

4 and 5:

A. A contractor responding to a solicitation document of a contracting authority shall submit to the contracting authority a signed statement under oath by an owner or officer verifying compliance with each of the minimum criteria in subdivision 3 at the time that it responds to the solicitation document.

B. Failure to verify compliance with any one of the minimum criteria or a false statement under oath in a verification of compliance shall render the prime contractor or subcontractor that makes the false statement ineligible to be awarded a construction contract on the project for which the verification was submitted.

C. A false statement under oath verifying compliance with any of the minimum criteria may result in termination of a construction contract that has already been awarded to a prime contractor or subcontractor that submits a false statement.

D. A prime contractor or subcontractor shall include in its verification of compliance under subdivision 4, a list of all of its first-tier subcontractors that it intends to retain for work

1 All words in this document shall be given the meaning as defined in Minn. Stat. § 16C.285, which can be found at http://www.leg.state.mn.us/.

2

on this project. Accordingly, if applicable, the Contractor includes Attachment A-1 with this verification of compliance.

E. If a prime contractor or subcontractor retains additional subcontractors on the project after submitting its verification of compliance, the prime contractor or subcontractor shall obtain verifications of compliance from each additional subcontractor with which it has a direct contractual relationship and shall submit a supplemental verification confirming compliance with subdivision 3(7), within 14 days of retaining the additional subcontractors. Accordingly, if applicable, the Contractor will submit Attachment A-2 within 14 days of retaining additional subcontractors.

VERIFICATION

By signing this document I verify that I am an owner or officer of the Contractor, have the authority to make this verification and statements on behalf of the Contractor, and swear under oath that:

1) I have verified that the Contractor meets each of the minimum criteria to be a

“responsible contractor” as defined herein and in Minn. Stat. §16C.285, subdivision 3;

2) The Contractor is in compliance with Minn. Stat. §16C.285;

3) The Contractor has included Attachment A‐1 with the Contractor’s solicitation response if applicable.

4) If the Contractor is awarded a contract, the Contractor will also submit Attachment A‐2

as required. ___________________________________ ___________________________________ Name of Contractor Tax ID No. of Contractor/Business ___________________________________ ___________________________________ Printed Name of Owner or Officer Title of Owner or Officer __________________________________ ___________________________________ Signature of Owner or Officer Date

ATTACHMENT A-1

FIRST-TIER SUBCONTRACTORS LIST SUBMIT WITH PRIME CONTRACTOR RESPONSE

SPPS PROJECT TITLE: District Wide Security Camera Project

SPPS PROJECT # 0700-18-04

Minn. Stat § 16C.285 Subd. 5. A prime contractor or subcontractor shall include in its verification of compliance under subdivision 4 a list of all of its first-tier subcontractors that it intends to retain for work on the project. . . FIRST TIER SUBCONTRACTOR NAMES (Legal name of company as registered with the Secretary of State)

Name of city where Company home office is located

ATTACHMENT A-2

ADDITIONAL SUBCONTRACTORS LIST

PRIME CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT AS SUBCONTRACTORS ARE ADDED TO THE PROJECT

SPPS PROJECT TITLE: District Wide Security Camera Project

SPPS PROJECT # 0700-18-04

This form must be submitted to the SPPS Project Manager

Minn. Stat § 16C.285 Subd. 5. If a prime contractor or any subcontractor retains additional subcontractors on the project after submitting its verification of compliance, the prime contractor or subcontractor shall obtain verifications of compliance from each additional subcontractor with which it has a direct contractual relationship and shall submit a supplemental verification confirming compliance with subdivision 3, clause (7), within 14 days of retaining the additional subcontractors. ADDITIONAL SUBCONTRACTOR NAMES (Legal name of company as registered with the Secretary of State)

Name of city where Company home office is located

District Wide Security Camera Project Project Conditions

00 31 00 - 1

SECTION 00 31 00 PROJECT CONDITIONS


A. Work under this Contract is to be scheduled and accomplished within the parameters established by this section.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 31 00 – Project Meetings and Coordination

2. Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities

1.2 BUILDING HOURS AND CLASS TIMES

CAFM Bldg Hrs School

Hrs Program/Site Name 2110 6:00-11:00 8:00-7:00 1780 W 7th St 2200 6:00-11:00 261 Chester Bus Garage 2180 6:00-11:00 271 Belvidere 5140 345 Plato 2010 6:00-10:00 9:30-4:00 Adams Spanish Immersion School

2000 4:00-10:00 Administrative Campus 4280 5:30-10:00 9:30-4:00 AGAPE 1160 6:00-10:00 9:30-4:00 American Indian Magnet School 3210 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Barack and Michelle Obama Elementary 2040 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Battle Creek Elementary School 2050 5:30-10:00 7:30-2:00 Battle Creek Middle School 3171 6:00-11:00 8:30-3:00 Benjamin E Mays International Magnet 2002 5:30-11:00 9:30-4:00 Bridge View 1020 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Bruce Vento Elementary School 3172 6:00-11:00 8:30-3:00 Capitol Hill Gifted & Talented Magnet 3020 5:30-11:00 7:30-2:00 Central High School 4060 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Chelsea Heights Elementary School 2070 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Cherokee Heights Elementary School 4090 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Como Park Elementary School 4110 5:30-11:00 7:30-2:00 Como Park Senior High School 2170 6:00-10:00 8:25-2:55 Creative Arts High School 4120 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Crossroads Elementary 1060 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Dayton's Bluff Achievement Plus Elementary 4000 4:00-10:00 District Service Facility (DSF) 1070 6:00-10:00 9:30-4:00 Eastern Heights Elementary School


00 31 00 - 2

3040 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 EXPO for Excellence Elementary 1090 6:00-10:00 9:30-4:00 Farnsworth Aerospace Lower Campus 1030 6:00-10:00 9:30-4:00 Farnsworth Aerospace Upper Campus 2003 5:30-11:00 9:30-4:00 Focus Beyond 3120 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Four Seasons A+ Elementary School 1100 6:00-10:30 9:30-4:00 Frost Lake Magnet 4150 6:00-9:30 9:30-4:00 Galtier Community School 4350 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Gordon Parks High School 3030 6:00-11:00 9:30-4:00 Groveland Park Elementary School 4160 6:00-11:00 8:30-3:00 Hamline Elementary School 1110 5:30-11:00 7:30-2:00 Harding Senior High School 1130 6:00-10:30 9:30-4:00 Hazel Park Preparatory Academy 3060 6:00-9:30 9:30-4:00 Highland Park Elementary School 3082 6:00-11:00 7:30-2:00 Highland Park High School 3081 6:00-11:00 7:30-2:00 Highland Park Middle School 2120 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Highwood Hills Elementary School 3090 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Homecroft Early Learning Center 3130 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Horace Mann Elementary School 4080 5:30-10:00 8:15-8:00 Hubbs Center 2140 6:00-11:00 7:30-2:00 Humboldt High School 3110 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 J.J. Hill Montessori Magnet School 4170 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Jackson Elementary

4160 6:00-11:00 8:30-3:00 Jie Ming Mandarin Immersion Academy (at Hamline)

1140 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 John A Johnson Achievement Plus Elementary School

1150 5:30-11:00 8:30-3:00 Johnson Aerospace & Engineering High School

2150 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Journey's Secondary 4270 6:00-10:00 9:30-4:00 LEAP High School 1210 6:00-9:30 9:30-4:00 L'Etoile Du Nord French Immersion Lower Campus 1010 6:00-9:30 9:40-4:10 L'Etoile Du Nord French Immersion Upper Campus

3100 6:00-9:30 9:30-4:00 Linwood Monroe Arts Plus - Lower (Linwood) 2160 6:00-10:00 9:30-4:00 Linwood Monroe Arts Plus - Upper (Monroe) 4180 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Maxfield Elementary School 4190 6:30-11:00 9:30-4:00 Mississippi Creative Arts School 4200 6:00-10:00 7:30-2:00 Murray Middle School 1180 6:00-9:30 9:30-4:00 Nokomis Montessori Magnet School North 1220 6:00-9:30 9:30-4:00 Nokomis Montessori Magnet School South


00 31 00 - 3

2141 6:00-10:00 7:30-2:00 Open World Learning 1190 6:00-10:00 7:30-2:00 Parkway Montessori and Community Middle School 1200 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Phalen Lake Hmong Studies Magnet 3140 6:00-10:00 7:30-2:00 Ramsey Middle School 3150 6:00-9:30 9:30-4:00 Randolph Heights Elementary School 3160 6:00-11:00 Riverside 2190 6:00-9:30 8:30-3:00 Riverview West Side School of Excellence 3170 6:00-11:00 Rondo

4210 6:00-10:00 8:30-3:00 Saint Paul Music Academy 4250 6:00-11:00 8:30-3:00 St Anthony Park Elementary School 4010 5:30-11:00 Student Placement Center

1120 6:00-9:00 8:30-3:00 The Heights Community School 4040 5:30-11:00 7:30-3:00 Washington Technology Magnet School 4260 5:30-11:00 9:30-4:00 Wellstone Elementary 1040 5:30-11:00 Wheelock Early Education

A. The buildings will be closed on the following dates:

January 1, 2019 July 4, 2019

January 21, 2019 September 2, 2019

February 18, 2019 November 28-29, 2019

May 27, 2019 December 25th, 2019

1.3 WORK HOURS

A. Work may take place during Building Hours and shall be scheduled at times and in locations that will not be disruptive to classes and completed with minimal disruption of other school operations.

B. Coordinate work times so that there will always be Owner building personnel on the site.

C. No work will be allowed on site during testing dates.

D. No work will be allowed in the building September 3, 2019 through September 6, 2019

E. Building Hours may be extended on weekdays, weekends and holidays under the following conditions:

1. Request for extended hours is made to the Architect at least 48 hours in advance

2. A minimum of 5 workers shall be onsite during the extended hours

3. The Contractor shall be required to cover the cost of District personnel who must be present at the site during extended hours

1.4 OWNER USE OF FACILITIES


00 31 00 - 4

A. School maintenance operations within the building will continue during the construction and any proposed disruption of same must be coordinated with the Owner. During construction of the Project there may be other construction at the building and access to the building must be coordinated with the Owner and other contractors.

B. The Contractor shall coordinate the use of dedicated construction entries and the closure of existing openings with Facility Planning Project Manager and Building Head Engineer.

1.5 BUILDING SECURITY

A. The security of the building shall be maintained at all times.

B. The Contractor is required to provide secure closure of any temporary openings.

C. The Contractor is required to provide secure closure of any dedicated construction entries.

D. The Contractor is required to provide secure closure of temporary facilities, field offices, enclosures and staging areas.

1.6 CONTRACTOR IDENTIFICATION

A. The Contractor is required to provide all workers with a badge for personal identity verification. Workers shall not enter the project site without appropriate badge. Identification badges shall bear the Contractor’s logo and name, and the Owner’s Project Name:

[“HARDING TURF PROJECT”]

ID Badges shall be worn and visible at all times.

1. Acceptable forms of ID Badge:

a. Professional quality ID Badge

b. Contractor printed ID Badge housed in clear vinyl holder with slot/chain holes for lanyard or badge clip.

c. Laminated Contractor printed ID Badge with chain or badge clip.

2. Unacceptable forms of ID Badge:

a. Name/Label stickers on clothing or hard hats

b. Logo/Name embroidered clothing

1.7 SITE PRECAUTIONS

A. Take all precautions necessary to avoid establishment of an attractive nuisance. School playgrounds are used by the community on a regular basis and storage of material and equipment is to be accomplished in a manner which will minimize vandalism and dispersal of debris or new materials.

1.8 PARKING RESTRICTIONS

A. Contractor's employees, subcontractors, suppliers, and vendors are to park vehicles on Owner’s property or on surfaced streets along the site only. Under no conditions shall construction related vehicles park at the curb in locations designated for local residents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 Not Used


00 31 00 - 5

PART 3 EXECUTION Not Used

END OF SECTION

BID REQUEST FORM SAINT PAUL PUBLIC SCHOOLS

BUYER: Pamela Anderson PURCHASING DEPARTMENT X BID PROPOSAL ___ PHONE: 651-767-8286 360 COLBORNE STREET NO. A217040-A

PM/REQ #: ASivanich / 217040 SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA 55102 PAGE 1 of 2

RESPONSES for furnishing material, labor, or material and labor combined as specified below will be received by the Facilities Department, 1930 Como Ave, St. Paul, MN 55108 or by email to [email protected] until 3:00 P.M., Thursday, May 16th, 2019. Refer to the AIA Document A201-2007: General Conditions of the Contract for Construction for terms, conditions and instructions to the specifications.

IMPORTANT

This response is your offer to perform or supply the subject matter under "Description" below. If this offer is judged to be the lowest responsible bid or the most responsive proposal meeting specifications, applicable Performance Bond, and Certificate of Insurance as stated in the specifications or terms and conditions must be in our hands before an order will be issued to enable you to commence. This response, our purchase order, and the plans and specifications will constitute the contract between us as detailed in AIA Document A201-2007: General Conditions of the Contract for Construction contained in the Construction Documents for this bid, with no modifications permitted. Bid Bond required for bids totaling over $50,000. Cash discounts are no longer accepted by SPPS. . .

DESCRIPTION Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for and incidental to the project sites listed below.

Crossroads Elementary Hamline Elementary Washington Technology Magnet School

All work is to be performed in accordance with plans and specifications available from architect: If submitting by mail/in person: Submit one (1) copy of your bid in one (1) envelope. On the envelope in which you return your bid/proposal, clearly indicate the following: COMPANY NAME, BID NUMBER, SUBMISSION DEADLINE DATE. If submitting through email: in the subject line clearly indicate the following: COMPANY NAME, BID NUMBER, SUBMISSION DEADLINE DATE LUMP SUM BASE BID:

Figures….…………………………..…..……………....$_____ , _____ _____ _____ , _____ _____ _____ . _____ _____ Words.._______________________________________________________________________and /100 DOLLARS

Page 1 of 2

BID REQUEST FORM SAINT PAUL PUBLIC SCHOOLS

BUYER: Pamela Anderson PURCHASING DEPARTMENT X BID PROPOSAL ___ PHONE: 651-767-8286 360 COLBORNE STREET NO. A217040-A

PM/REQ #: ASIVANICH/ 217040 SAINT PAUL, MINNESOTA 55102 PAGE 2 of 2

E.I. NUMBER: ________________________________ The E.I. Number is that which is assigned to companies for use in filing their "Employer's Quarterly Federal Tax Return." Treasury Department Form 941. [or Social Security Number]

COMPANY: ________________________________________________________ BY:(PRINTED NAME)_________________________________________________ SIGNATURE:_______________________________________________________ (Unsigned response will not be considered.)

COMPANY ADDESS: _________________________________________ _________________________________________

EMAIL: __________________________________________________________

PHONE:___________________________ FAX: ___________________________

ALTERNATES

Alternate #1 – Hamline Elementary Parks and Rec…………………………………$_______________ Indicate total number of addenda received: _____

Page 2 of 2

District Wide Security Camera Project Forms of Agreement

00 52 00 - 1

SECTION 00 52 00 FORMS OF AGREEMENT


A. The Forms of Agreement for project shall be the Standard Form of Agreement for Construction Contracts as issued by the Owner, including, as reference therein, AIA Document A101-2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor, which is included in this Project Manual in its entirety for reference.

B. This document has been modified from its original version. Locations of modifications to the original are indicated in the left margin. Contractor may, but need not, request a complete copy of the Additions and Deletions report for this document.


District Wide Security Camera Project Forms of Agreement

00 52 00 - 2

END OF SECTION

Document A101TM – 2007 Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor where the basis of payment is a Stipulated Sum

Init.

/

AIA Document A101™ – 2007. Copyright © 1915, 1918, 1925, 1937, 1951, 1958, 1961, 1963, 1967, 1974, 1977, 1987, 1991, 1997 and 2007 by The American Institute of Architects. All rights reserved. WARNING: This AIA® Document is protected by U.S. Copyright Law and International Treaties. Unauthorized reproduction or distribution of this AIA® Document, or any portion of it, may result in severe civil and criminal penalties, and will be prosecuted to the maximum extent possible under the law. This document was produced by AIA software at 15:05:58 on 03/29/2017 under Order No.4165234050_1 which expires on 06/29/2017, and is not for resale. User Notes: (1215517804)

1



AIA Document A201™–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, is adopted in this document by reference. Do not use with other general conditions unless this document is modified.

AGREEMENT BETWEEN the Owner: Saint Paul Public Schools Independent School District #625 Saint Paul, MN 55102 651-744-1800 and the Contractor: (Paragraph deleted) As noted in Labor, Materials and Supplies Contract for the following Project: As noted in 00 01 01 Project Directory The Architect: (Paragraphs deleted) As noted in 00 01 01 Project Directory The Owner and Contractor agree as follows.

Init.

/


2

TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION 4 CONTRACT SUM 5 PAYMENTS 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS ARTICLE 1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents include the LABOR, MATERIALS AND SUPPLIES CONTRACT between owner and Contractor and dated _________("Project Base Contract"), a copy of which is incorporated herein by this reference. The Project Base Contract establishes and identified the Project, the Project contract price, and other rights and obligations between Contractor and Owner. This A101 Agreement, as modified, and all General Conditions and other Contract Documents, are fully enacted and enforceable against the Owner and the Contractor upon execution of the Project Base Contract. Any discrepancies or ambiguities in any of the Contract Documents shall be resolved in the spirit and purpose of public procurement and, unless noted by Contractor in writing prior to execution of the Project Base Contract, shall be reasonably construed in the Owner’s favor. The Contract Documents consist of this Project Base Contract Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of this Agreement, other documents listed in this Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, all of which form the Contract, and are as fully a part of the Contract as if attached to this Agreement or repeated herein. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. An enumeration of the Contract Documents, other than a Modification, appears in Article 9. §1.1 In the event that there are inconsistencies between any of the Project Contract Documents, the Project Base Contract, this Agreement, A101, and the A201 General Conditions shall be construed together and shall be read with a purpose and intent to provide that the Contractor shall commit to fully complete its Project Work and services with the greater degree of commitment as referenced in the Contract Documents, including the plans and specifications, to work diligently to ensure completion of the Project in a timely and workmanlike manner and at the earliest stated times provided for in Project schedules, as revised, and to ensure that Contractor, and all of its subcontractors and suppliers complete the Project on schedule and within Project contract values, subject to change orders. §1.2 By entering into this Agreement, Contractor acknowledges that it has had full, fair, and adequate opportunity to review all of the Project bidding and Contract Documents, that it has fully satisfied itself as to the scope and requirements of the Project, that it has fully and fairly investigated all Project site conditions and circumstances and Contract Documents, including any potential difficulties or interferences present in the same, that it has had opportunity to ask questions during the bidding phase and that it has received adequate answers to any such questions, that it has had the opportunity to attend and fairly participate in all pre-bid conferences and pre-construction conferences, and that it has required the same of all of its subcontractors.

Init.

/


3

ARTICLE 2 THE WORK OF THIS CONTRACT The Contractor shall fully execute the Work described in the Contract Documents, except as specifically indicated in the Contract Documents to be the responsibility of others. ARTICLE 3 DATE OF COMMENCEMENT AND SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 3.1 The date of commencement of the Work shall be the date of this Agreement unless a different date is stated below or provision is made for the date to be fixed in a notice to proceed issued by the Owner. (Paragraphs deleted) § 3.2 The Contract Time shall be measured from the date of commencement. § 3.3 The Contractor shall achieve Substantial Completion of the entire Work not later than ( ) days from the date of commencement, or as follows: (Paragraphs deleted) as stipulated in section 01 11 00 – Summary of the Work, subject to adjustments of this Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents. (Paragraphs deleted) ARTICLE 4 CONTRACT SUM § 4.1 The Owner shall pay the Contractor the Contract Sum in current funds for the Contractor’s performance of the Contract. The Contract Sum shall be the following: [ X ] Stipulated Sum as identified in the Project Base Contract, subject only to adjustment for any unit pricing or

allowance items noted in the Project Specifications, if any, and for change orders submitted and approved in accordance with the Contract Documents.

(Table deleted) (Paragraphs deleted) (Table deleted) (Paragraphs deleted) ARTICLE 5 PAYMENTS § 5.1 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 5.1.1 Based upon Applications for Payment submitted to the Architect by the Contractor and Certificates for Payment issued by the Architect, the Owner shall make progress payments on account of the Contract Sum to the Contractor as provided below and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 5.1.2 The period covered by each Application for Payment shall be one calendar month ending on the last day of the month. § 5.1.3 Payment shall be made by the Owner not later than 35 days after Owner receives the Application for Payment and Certificate for Payment by the Construction Manager and Architect. § 5.1.4 Each Application for Payment shall be based on the most recent schedule of values submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the Contract Documents. The schedule of values shall allocate the entire Contract Sum among the various portions of the Work. The schedule of values shall be prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. Architect reserves the right to question or object to the information contained in, pr submissions based on, the Contractor’s schedule of values at any time during the Project and the payment process should it appear that the schedule of values is in error, has been front-loaded, or is otherwise not consistent with generally accepted practices for proper scheduling of values on a public works project. § 5.1.5 Applications for Payment shall show the percentage of completion of each portion of the Work as of the end of the period covered by the Application for Payment.

Init.

/


4

§ 5.1.6 Subject to other provisions of the Contract Documents, the amount of each progress payment shall be computed as follows:

.1 Take that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to completed Work as determined by multiplying the percentage completion of each portion of the Work by the share of the Contract Sum allocated to that portion of the Work in the schedule of values, less retainage of percent ( %). Pending final determination of cost to the Owner of changes in the Work, amounts not in dispute shall be included as provided in Section 7.3.9 of AIA Document A201™–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction;

.2 Add that portion of the Contract Sum properly allocable to materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the completed construction (or, if approved in advance by the Owner, suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing), less retainage of percent ( %);

.3 Subtract the aggregate of previous payments made by the Owner; and

.4 Subtract amounts, if any, for which the Architect has withheld or nullified a Certificate for Payment as provided in Section 9.5 of AIA Document A201–2007.

(Paragraphs deleted) § 5.2 FINAL PAYMENT § 5.2.1 Final payment, constituting the entire unpaid balance of the Contract Sum, shall be made by the Owner to the Contractor when

.1 the Contractor has fully performed the Contract except for the Contractor’s responsibility to correct Work as provided in Section 12.2 of AIA Document A232–2009, and to satisfy other requirements, if any, which extend beyond final payment;

.2 The Contractor has completed any necessary systems or operations training, and has submitted a complete full and final sworn construction statement, lien waivers and Withholding Affidavit for Contractors (IC134) from all subcontractors and suppliers listed on the sworn construction statement, all required submittals, as-built drawings, operating manuals, warranties, and other documents related to the Work as determined necessary by the Construction Manager, a final certified payroll, a consent of surety in the form required, and any and all other final close-out documents required by the Owner or the Construction Manager; and

.3 a final Certificate for Payment or Project Certificate for Payment has been issued by the Architect; such final payment shall be made by the Owner not more than 30 days after the issuance of the final Certificate for Payment or Project Certificate for Payment, or as follows:

(Paragraphs deleted) ARTICLE 6 DISPUTE RESOLUTION § 6.1 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The Architect will serve as Initial Decision Maker pursuant to Section 15.2 of AIA Document (Paragraphs deleted) A201–2007. § 6.2 BINDING DISPUTE RESOLUTION Any and all disputes and claims, if not resolved through the parties’ direct negotiations or through the process of mediation, shall be resolved either through binding arbitration or, alternatively, through litigation in the Ramsey County (Minnesota) District Court, as chosen and determined by the Owner in its sole discretion. (Paragraph deleted) If the Owner has, in its sole discretion, exercised the right and option to enforce a claim, or defend a claim, through arbitration, then, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise in writing, such arbitration shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the agreement. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all claims then know to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. (Paragraphs deleted) All other dispute resolution procedures and requirements as contained in Article 15 of the General Conditions shall remain in effect.

Init.

/


5

ARTICLE 7 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION § 7.1 The Contract may be terminated by the Owner or the Contractor as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007. § 7.2 The Work may be suspended by the Owner as provided in Article 14 of AIA Document A201–2007. ARTICLE 8 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 8.1 Where reference is made in this Agreement to a provision of AIA Document A201–2007 or another Contract Document, the reference refers to that provision as amended or supplemented by other provisions of the Contract Documents. § 8.2 Payments due and unpaid under the Contract shall bear interest from the date payment is due at the rate stated below, or in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. Five Percent (5%) § 8.3 The Owner’s representative: (Paragraphs deleted) Owner’s Representative shall be as identified in the 00 01 01 Project Directory, or as Owner identifies in writing to Contractor. § 8.4 The Contractor’s representative: (Paragraphs deleted) Contractor shall provide written notice to Owner and the Construction Manager of Contractor’s Representative in advance of beginning the Work. Contractor understands that Owner or Construction Manager may reasonably object to such designation, or reasonably request a replacement of the Contractor’s Representative, at any time during the Project. § 8.5 Neither the Owner’s nor the Contractor’s representative shall be changed without ten days written notice to the other party. § 8.6 Other provisions: ARTICLE 9 ENUMERATION OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 9.1 The Contract Documents, except for Modifications issued after execution of this Agreement, are enumerated in the sections below. § 9.1.1 The Agreement is this executed AIA Document A101–2007, Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor. § 9.1.2 The General Conditions are AIA Document A201–2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction, as modified (Paragraph deleted) §9.1.3 The Project Base Contract. §9.l.4 All Supplementary Conditions, Specifications, Plans and Drawings, including revised drawings, and other bidding or Project addenda, instructions, and other documents referenced in the Project specific design, bidding, and construction documents and the Contract Documents, all as reasonably necessary to construct and complete the Project identified in the Project Base Contract and as determined by the Project architect and Construction Manager. The Contractor’s bid documents and proposal, including any deletions, qualifications, or exclusions of work called for in the Project bid advertisement, shall not be considered as part of the Contract Documents.

Init.

/


6

(Paragraphs deleted) (Table deleted) (Paragraph deleted) (Table deleted) (Paragraphs deleted) (Table deleted) (Paragraphs deleted) (Table deleted) ARTICLE 10 INSURANCE AND BONDS The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance and provide bonds as set forth in Article 11 of AIA Document A201–2007. Contractor should provide all insurance coverages required in the A232 General Conditions, as modified. As to limits of coverage and other more specific controlling provisions, Contractor shall provide the following at its expense:

Commercial general liability insurance (with limits of liability of at least $1,500,000 per occurrence; $2,000,000 aggregate), including, by endorsement, if so required, the subcontractor exception to the "your work" exclusion, products and completed operations coverage, and contractual liability coverage.

workers’ compensation insurance in the amounts and form required by Minnesota law. Contractor shall also ensure that all of its subcontractors and sub-subcontractors have workers’ compensation insurance.

business auto liability insurance in the amounts and form required by Minnesota law. Contractor shall provide Owner with its Certificates of all Insurance coverages, and with Certificates of Coverage from all of Contractor’s subcontractors. A full package of insurance certificates shall be a condition precedent to Contractor’s right to receive progress or final payments on the Project. Contractor shall name the Owner as an additional insured on all policies, with coverage to be primary and non-contributory. All policies must contain provisions stating that coverage cannot be canceled or modified without thirty (30) days prior written notice to Owner. Contractor shall be liable for all claims, losses, suits, or actions resulting from any type of injury, property damage, or liability caused by or arising out of, in whole or in part, the negligent acts or omissions of Contractor or its subcontractors while working on the Project. (Table deleted) Payment and performance bonds from quality of surety in accounts required by law. This Agreement entered into as of the day and year first written above.

OWNER (Signature) CONTRACTOR (Signature)

(Printed name and title) (Printed name and title)

District Wide Security Camera Project Project Forms

00 60 00 - 1

SECTION 00 60 00 PROJECT FORMS


A. The forms referenced in this Section shall be executed and submitted by the Contractor in accordance with the General Conditions of the Contract and, as applicable, the Summary of the Work and Closeout Procedures.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 BID SECURITY (OR BOND)

A. If required by the Instructions to Bidders, provide:

1. Surety Bond issued by a surety company authorized to conduct business in the State of Minnesota; or

2. Certified check drawn on a solvent bank, made payable to the Owner.

2.2 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BOND

A. Performance and Payment Bonds are required for all work exceeding $50,000 and at the discretion of the Owner for work less than $50,000. Bonds shall be submitted to the Owner on AIA Document 312.

2.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUES

A. The Schedule of Values shall be compatible with the AIA Document G703 continuation sheet accompanying applications for payment and shall include a breakdown of material and labor for each scheduled value.

B. For projects with multiple funding sources:

1. The Schedule of Values shall also be broken down by funding source.

C. A sample Schedule of Values is included following this section.

2.4 CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

A. AIA Document G715-1991 Certificate of Insurance, or CICC Form 701, shall be submitted prior to start of work.

2.5 PAYMENT APPLICATION FORMS

A. Payment applications shall included the following documents:

1. The Contractor's invoice – one (1) copy

2. AIA Document G702 Application and Certification for Payment, certified – one (1) copy

3. AIA Document G703 Continuation Sheet – one (1) copy

2.6 CONSENT OF SURETY

A. AIA Document G707 Consent of Surety Company to Final Payment, for work requiring a performance and payment bond, shall be executed and submitted prior to request for reduction in retainage or Final Payment.

2.7 EVIDENCE OF PAYMENT AND RELEASE OF LIENS

District Wide Security Camera Project Project Forms

00 60 00 - 2

A. AIA Document G706 Contractor’s Affidavit of Payment of Debts and Claims shall be completed and submitted by the Contractor prior to release of Final Payment.

B. AIA Document G706A Contractor’s Affidavit of Release of Liens shall be completed and submitted by the Contractor prior to release of Final Payment.

2.8 STATE AFFIDAVIT OF WITHHOLDING

A. State Form IC 134 shall be completed and submitted by the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors prior to release of Final Payment.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 Not Used

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Conditions of the Contract

00 70 00 - 1

SECTION 00 70 00 CONDITIONS OF THE CONTRACT


A. AIA Document A201 - 2007, General Conditions of the Contract for Construction is hereby made a part of this Project Manual and is included in this Project Manual in its entirety for reference.

B. This document has been modified from its original version. Locations of modifications to the original are indicated in the left margin. Contractor may, but need not, request a complete copy of the Additions and Deletions report for this document.

C. Contractor understands and acknowledges that it has fully reviewed and understands these General Conditions. Contractor further represents that it has made its project bid with a full understanding of, and agreement to be bound by, all the respective rights and obligations of the Owner and Contractor under these General Conditions.

D. The provisions and requirements of this document shall apply to Contractors and Subcontractors.

E. Related Sections (Supplementary Conditions):

1. Section 00 73 20 – Smoking and Tobacco Policy

2. Section 00 73 40 – Prevailing Wage / Independent Contractorship

1.2 RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE CONTRACTOR

A. The Contractor shall assume the responsibility of verifying that all of their suppliers, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, their agents and representatives are fully aware of the provisions and requirements in the Project Manual.


District Wide Security Camera Project Conditions of the Contract

00 70 00 - 2

END OF SECTION

Document A201TM – 2007 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction

Init.

/


1



for the following PROJECT: (Name and location or address) As noted in 00 01 01 Project Directory THE OWNER: (Name, legal status and address) Saint Paul Public Schools Independent School District No. 625 360 Colborne Street Saint Paul, MN 55102 651-744-1800 THE ARCHITECT: (Name, legal status and address) As noted in 00 01 01 Project Directory TABLE OF ARTICLES 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 2 OWNER 3 CONTRACTOR 4 ARCHITECT 5 SUBCONTRACTORS 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK 8 TIME 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES

Init.

/


2

INDEX (Topics and numbers in bold are section headings.) Acceptance of Nonconforming Work 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Acceptance of Work 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.3 Access to Work 3.16, 6.2.1, 12.1 Accident Prevention 10 Acts and Omissions 3.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.8, 3.18, 4.2.3, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 10.2.5, 10.2.8, 13.4.2, 13.7, 14.1, 15.2 Addenda 1.1.1, 3.11.1 Additional Costs, Claims for 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 6.1.1, 7.3.7.5, 10.3, 15.1.4 Additional Inspections and Testing 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 12.2.1, 13.5 Additional Insured 11.1.4 Additional Time, Claims for 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 8.3.2, 15.1.5 Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 9.4, 9.5 Advertisement or Invitation to Bid 1.1.1 Aesthetic Effect 4.2.13 Allowances 3.8, 7.3.8 All-risk Insurance 11.3.1, 11.3.1.1 Applications for Payment 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.10, 11.1.3 Approvals 2.1.1, 2.2.2, 2.4, 3.1.3, 3.10.2, 3.12.8, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 4.2.7, 9.3.2, 13.5.1 Arbitration 8.3.1, 11.3.10, 13.1.1, 15.3.2, 15.4 ARCHITECT 4 Architect, Definition of 4.1.1 Architect, Extent of Authority 2.4.1, 3.12.7, 4.1, 4.2, 5.2, 6.3, 7.1.2, 7.3.7, 7.4, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.8, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 12.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1 Architect, Limitations of Authority and Responsibility 2.1.1, 3.12.4, 3.12.8, 3.12.10, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.10, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 5.2.1, 7.4, 9.4.2, 9.5.3, 9.6.4, 15.1.3, 15.2 Architect’s Additional Services and Expenses 2.4.1, 11.3.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5.2, 13.5.3, 14.2.4

Architect’s Administration of the Contract 3.1.3, 4.2, 3.7.4, 15.2, 9.4.1, 9.5 Architect’s Approvals 2.4.1, 3.1.3, 3.5, 3.10.2, 4.2.7 Architect’s Authority to Reject Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.1.2, 12.2.1 Architect’s Copyright 1.1.7, 1.5 Architect’s Decisions 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 4.2.14, 6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 15.2, 15.3 Architect’s Inspections 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Architect’s Instructions 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 13.5.2 Architect’s Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Architect’s Project Representative 4.2.10 Architect’s Relationship with Contractor 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.9.2, 3.9.3, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.4.2, 13.5, 15.2 Architect’s Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 11.3.7 Architect’s Representations 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.10.1 Architect’s Site Visits 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Asbestos 10.3.1 Attorneys’ Fees 3.18.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.3 Award of Separate Contracts 6.1.1, 6.1.2 Award of Subcontracts and Other Contracts for Portions of the Work 5.2 Basic Definitions 1.1 Bidding Requirements 1.1.1, 5.2.1, 11.4.1 Binding Dispute Resolution 9.7, 11.3.9, 11.3.10, 13.1.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6.1, 15.3.1, 15.3.2, 15.4.1 Boiler and Machinery Insurance 11.3.2 Bonds, Lien 7.3.7.4, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Bonds, Performance, and Payment 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.3.9, 11.4 Building Permit 3.7.1

Init.

/


3

Capitalization 1.3 Certificate of Substantial Completion 9.8.3, 9.8.4, 9.8.5 Certificates for Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.3 Certificates of Inspection, Testing or Approval 13.5.4 Certificates of Insurance 9.10.2, 11.1.3 Change Orders 1.1.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.8.2.3, 3.11.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 5.2.3, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.2, 7.3.2, 7.3.6, 7.3.9, 7.3.10, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 9.10.3, 10.3.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.4, 11.3.9, 12.1.2, 15.1.3 Change Orders, Definition of 7.2.1 CHANGES IN THE WORK 2.2.1, 3.11, 4.2.8, 7, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3.1, 9.3.1.1, 11.3.9 Claims, Definition of 15.1.1 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES 3.2.4, 6.1.1, 6.3, 7.3.9, 9.3.3, 9.10.4, 10.3.3, 15, 15.4 Claims and Timely Assertion of Claims 15.4.1 Claims for Additional Cost 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 6.1.1, 7.3.9, 10.3.2, 15.1.4 Claims for Additional Time 3.2.4, 3.7.46.1.1, 8.3.2, 10.3.2, 15.1.5 Concealed or Unknown Conditions, Claims for 3.7.4 Claims for Damages 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Claims Subject to Arbitration 15.3.1, 15.4.1 Cleaning Up 3.15, 6.3 Commencement of the Work, Conditions Relating to 2.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.4.1, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12.6, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 6.2.2, 8.1.2, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 11.1, 11.3.1, 11.3.6, 11.4.1, 15.1.4 Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Communications Facilitating Contract Administration 3.9.1, 4.2.4 Completion, Conditions Relating to 3.4.1, 3.11, 3.15, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 8.2, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10, 12.2, 13.7, 14.1.2 COMPLETION, PAYMENTS AND 9 Completion, Substantial 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7

Compliance with Laws 1.6.1, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.3, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14.1.1, 14.2.1.3, 15.2.8, 15.4.2, 15.4.3 Concealed or Unknown Conditions 3.7.4, 4.2.8, 8.3.1, 10.3 Conditions of the Contract 1.1.1, 6.1.1, 6.1.4 Consent, Written 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.3.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 Consolidation or Joinder 15.4.4 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS 1.1.4, 6 Construction Change Directive, Definition of 7.3.1 Construction Change Directives 1.1.1, 3.4.2, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1.1, 7.1.2, 7.1.3, 7.3, 9.3.1.1 Construction Schedules, Contractor’s 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Contingent Assignment of Subcontracts 5.4, 14.2.2.2 Continuing Contract Performance 15.1.3 Contract, Definition of 1.1.2 CONTRACT, TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE 5.4.1.1, 11.3.9, 14 Contract Administration 3.1.3, 4, 9.4, 9.5 Contract Award and Execution, Conditions Relating to 3.7.1, 3.10, 5.2, 6.1, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 11.4.1 Contract Documents, Copies Furnished and Use of 1.5.2, 2.2.5, 5.3 Contract Documents, Definition of 1.1.1 Contract Sum 3.7.4, 3.8, 5.2.3, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 9.1, 9.4.2, 9.5.1.4, 9.6.7, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.3.2, 15.1.4, 15.2.5 Contract Sum, Definition of 9.1 Contract Time 3.7.4, 3.7.5, 3.10.2, 5.2.3, 7.2.1.3, 7.3.1, 7.3.5, 7.4, 8.1.1, 8.2.1, 8.3.1, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 12.1.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5.1, 15.2.5 Contract Time, Definition of 8.1.1 CONTRACTOR 3 Contractor, Definition of 3.1, 6.1.2

Init.

/


4

Contractor’s Construction Schedules 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Contractor’s Employees 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Contractor’s Liability Insurance 11.1 Contractor’s Relationship with Separate Contractors and Owner’s Forces 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 6, 11.3.7, 12.1.2, 12.2.4 Contractor’s Relationship with Subcontractors 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.18.1, 3.18.2, 5, 9.6.2, 9.6.7, 9.10.2, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7, 11.3.8 Contractor’s Relationship with the Architect 1.1.2, 1.5, 3.1.3, 3.2.2, 3.2.3, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.4.2, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.16, 3.18, 4.1.3, 4.2, 5.2, 6.2.2, 7, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 10.2.6, 10.3, 11.3.7, 12, 13.5, 15.1.2, 15.2.1 Contractor’s Representations 3.2.1, 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.8.2 Contractor’s Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 9.5.1, 10.2.8 Contractor’s Review of Contract Documents 3.2 Contractor’s Right to Stop the Work 9.7 Contractor’s Right to Terminate the Contract 14.1, 15.1.6 Contractor’s Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.4, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3, 11.4.2 Contractor’s Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Contractor’s Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 7.3.7, 8.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Contractual Liability Insurance 11.1.1.8, 11.2 Coordination and Correlation 1.2, 3.2.1, 3.3.1, 3.10, 3.12.6, 6.1.3, 6.2.1 Copies Furnished of Drawings and Specifications 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.11 Copyrights 1.5, 3.17 Correction of Work 2.3, 2.4, 3.7.3, 9.4.2, 9.8.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.1, 12.1.2, 12.2 Correlation and Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2 Cost, Definition of 7.3.7 Costs 2.4.1, 3.2.4, 3.7.3, 3.8.2, 3.15.2, 5.4.2, 6.1.1, 6.2.3, 7.3.3.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.8, 7.3.9, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 10.3.6, 11.3, 12.1.2, 12.2.1, 12.2.4, 13.5, 14

Cutting and Patching 3.14, 6.2.5 Damage to Construction of Owner or Separate Contractors 3.14.2, 6.2.4, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4, 11.1.1, 11.3, 12.2.4 Damage to the Work 3.14.2, 9.9.1, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.5, 10.4.1, 11.3.1, 12.2.4 Damages, Claims for 3.2.4, 3.18, 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1, 9.6.7, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.5, 11.3.7, 14.1.3, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Damages for Delay 6.1.1, 8.3.3, 9.5.1.6, 9.7, 10.3.2 Date of Commencement of the Work, Definition of 8.1.2 Date of Substantial Completion, Definition of 8.1.3 Day, Definition of 8.1.4 Decisions of the Architect 3.7.4, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 15.2, 6.3, 7.3.7, 7.3.9, 8.1.3, 8.3.1, 9.2, 9.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 13.5.2, 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1, 15.2 Decisions to Withhold Certification 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.7, 14.1.1.3 Defective or Nonconforming Work, Acceptance, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.5, 9.5.1, 9.5.2, 9.6.6, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 Definitions 1.1, 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.5, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 3.12.3, 4.1.1, 15.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.1, 9.1, 9.8.1 Delays and Extensions of Time 3.2, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Disputes 6.3, 7.3.9, 15.1, 15.2 Documents and Samples at the Site 3.11 Drawings, Definition of 1.1.5 Drawings and Specifications, Use and Ownership of 3.11 Effective Date of Insurance 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Emergencies 10.4, 14.1.1.2, 15.1.4 Employees, Contractor’s 3.3.2, 3.4.3, 3.8.1, 3.9, 3.18.2, 4.2.3, 4.2.6, 10.2, 10.3.3, 11.1.1, 11.3.7, 14.1, 14.2.1.1 Equipment, Labor, Materials or 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13.1, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2

Init.

/


5

Execution and Progress of the Work 1.1.3, 1.2.1, 1.2.2, 2.2.3, 2.2.5, 3.1, 3.3.1, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.7.1, 3.10.1, 3.12, 3.14, 4.2, 6.2.2, 7.1.3, 7.3.5, 8.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.1, 10.2, 10.3, 12.2, 14.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.3 Extensions of Time 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3, 7.4, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3, 15.1.5, 15.2.5 Failure of Payment 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Faulty Work (See Defective or Nonconforming Work) Final Completion and Final Payment 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.1, 11.3.5, 12.3.1, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Financial Arrangements, Owner’s 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Fire and Extended Coverage Insurance 11.3.1.1 GENERAL PROVISIONS 1 Governing Law 13.1 Guarantees (See Warranty) Hazardous Materials 10.2.4, 10.3 Identification of Subcontractors and Suppliers 5.2.1 Indemnification 3.17, 3.18, 9.10.2, 10.3.3, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 11.3.1.2, 11.3.7 Information and Services Required of the Owner 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.4, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Initial Decision 15.2 Initial Decision Maker, Definition of 1.1.8 Initial Decision Maker, Decisions 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Initial Decision Maker, Extent of Authority 14.2.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.3, 15.2.1, 15.2.2, 15.2.3, 15.2.4, 15.2.5 Injury or Damage to Person or Property 10.2.8, 10.4.1 Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 Instructions to Bidders 1.1.1 Instructions to the Contractor 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.8.1, 5.2.1, 7, 8.2.2, 12, 13.5.2 Instruments of Service, Definition of 1.1.7 Insurance 3.18.1, 6.1.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 11

Insurance, Boiler and Machinery 11.3.2 Insurance, Contractor’s Liability 11.1 Insurance, Effective Date of 8.2.2, 11.1.2 Insurance, Loss of Use 11.3.3 Insurance, Owner’s Liability 11.2 Insurance, Property 10.2.5, 11.3 Insurance, Stored Materials 9.3.2 INSURANCE AND BONDS 11 Insurance Companies, Consent to Partial Occupancy 9.9.1 Intent of the Contract Documents 1.2.1, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 4.2.13, 7.4 Interest 13.6 Interpretation 1.2.3, 1.4, 4.1.1, 5.1, 6.1.2, 15.1.1 Interpretations, Written 4.2.11, 4.2.12, 15.1.4 Judgment on Final Award 15.4.2 Labor and Materials, Equipment 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Labor Disputes 8.3.1 Laws and Regulations 1.5, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13.1, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1.1, 11.3, 13.1.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6.1, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Liens 2.1.2, 9.3.3, 9.10.2, 9.10.4, 15.2.8 Limitations, Statutes of 12.2.5, 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Limitations of Liability 2.3.1, 3.2.2, 3.5, 3.12.10, 3.17, 3.18.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 4.2.12, 6.2.2, 9.4.2, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 10.2.5, 10.3.3, 11.1.2, 11.2, 11.3.7, 12.2.5, 13.4.2 Limitations of Time 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2.7, 5.2, 5.3.1, 5.4.1, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 11.3.1.5, 11.3.6, 11.3.10, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15 Loss of Use Insurance 11.3.3 Material Suppliers 1.5, 3.12.1, 4.2.4, 4.2.6, 5.2.1, 9.3, 9.4.2, 9.6, 9.10.5 Materials, Hazardous 10.2.4, 10.3

Init.

/


6

Materials, Labor, Equipment and 1.1.3, 1.1.6, 1.5.1, 3.4.1, 3.5, 3.8.2, 3.8.3, 3.12, 3.13.1, 3.15.1, 4.2.6, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 6.2.1, 7.3.7, 9.3.2, 9.3.3, 9.5.1.3, 9.10.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4, 14.2.1.1, 14.2.1.2 Means, Methods, Techniques, Sequences and Procedures of Construction 3.3.1, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 9.4.2 Mechanic’s Lien 2.1.2, 15.2.8 Mediation 8.3.1, 10.3.5, 10.3.6, 15.2.1, 15.2.5, 15.2.6, 15.3, 15.4.1 Minor Changes in the Work 1.1.1, 3.12.8, 4.2.8, 7.1, 7.4 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 13 Modifications, Definition of 1.1.1 Modifications to the Contract 1.1.1, 1.1.2, 3.11, 4.1.2, 4.2.1, 5.2.3, 7, 8.3.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 11.3.1 Mutual Responsibility 6.2 Nonconforming Work, Acceptance of 9.6.6, 9.9.3, 12.3 Nonconforming Work, Rejection and Correction of 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.5, 4.2.6, 6.2.4, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.9.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.1 Notice 2.2.1, 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.2.4, 3.3.1, 3.7.2, 3.12.9, 5.2.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 11.1.3, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1, 14.2, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Notice, Written 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.3.1, 3.9.2, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 11.3.6, 12.2.2.1, 13.3, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4.1 Notice of Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 15.1.2, 15.4 Notice of Testing and Inspections 13.5.1, 13.5.2 Observations, Contractor’s 3.2, 3.7.4 Occupancy 2.2.2, 9.6.6, 9.8, 11.3.1.5 Orders, Written 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9.2, 7, 8.2.2, 11.3.9, 12.1, 12.2.2.1, 13.5.2, 14.3.1 OWNER 2 Owner, Definition of 2.1.1 Owner, Information and Services Required of the 2.1.2, 2.2, 3.2.2, 3.12.10, 6.1.3, 6.1.4, 6.2.5, 9.3.2, 9.6.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.2, 9.10.3, 10.3.3, 11.2, 11.3, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 14.1.1.4, 14.1.4, 15.1.3

Owner’s Authority 1.5, 2.1.1, 2.3.1, 2.4.1, 3.4.2, 3.8.1, 3.12.10, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 4.1.3, 4.2.4, 4.2.9, 5.2.1, 5.2.4, 5.4.1, 6.1, 6.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 8.2.2, 8.3.1, 9.3.1, 9.3.2, 9.5.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 10.3.2, 11.1.3, 11.3.3, 11.3.10, 12.2.2, 12.3.1, 13.2.2, 14.3, 14.4, 15.2.7 Owner’s Financial Capability 2.2.1, 13.2.2, 14.1.1.4 Owner’s Liability Insurance 11.2 Owner’s Relationship with Subcontractors 1.1.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 9.6.4, 9.10.2, 14.2.2 Owner’s Right to Carry Out the Work 2.4, 14.2.2 Owner’s Right to Clean Up 6.3 Owner’s Right to Perform Construction and to Award Separate Contracts 6.1 Owner’s Right to Stop the Work 2.3 Owner’s Right to Suspend the Work 14.3 Owner’s Right to Terminate the Contract 14.2 Ownership and Use of Drawings, Specifications and Other Instruments of Service 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.1.7, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.2.2, 3.11.1, 3.17, 4.2.12, 5.3.1 Partial Occupancy or Use 9.6.6, 9.9, 11.3.1.5 Patching, Cutting and 3.14, 6.2.5 Patents 3.17 Payment, Applications for 4.2.5, 7.3.9, 9.2, 9.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.3, 9.7, 9.8.5, 9.10.1, 14.2.3, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment, Certificates for 4.2.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.4, 9.5, 9.6.1, 9.6.6, 9.7, 9.10.1, 9.10.3, 13.7, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.4 Payment, Failure of 9.5.1.3, 9.7, 9.10.2, 13.6, 14.1.1.3, 14.2.1.2 Payment, Final 4.2.1, 4.2.9, 9.8.2, 9.10, 11.1.2, 11.1.3, 11.4.1, 12.3.1, 13.7, 14.2.4, 14.4.3 Payment Bond, Performance Bond and 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4 Payments, Progress 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION 9 Payments to Subcontractors 5.4.2, 9.5.1.3, 9.6.2, 9.6.3, 9.6.4, 9.6.7, 14.2.1.2 PCB 10.3.1

Init.

/


7

Performance Bond and Payment Bond 7.3.7.4, 9.6.7, 9.10.3, 11.4 Permits, Fees, Notices and Compliance with Laws 2.2.2, 3.7, 3.13, 7.3.7.4, 10.2.2 PERSONS AND PROPERTY, PROTECTION OF 10 Polychlorinated Biphenyl 10.3.1 Product Data, Definition of 3.12.2 Product Data and Samples, Shop Drawings 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Progress and Completion 4.2.2, 8.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 14.1.4, 15.1.3 Progress Payments 9.3, 9.6, 9.8.5, 9.10.3, 13.6, 14.2.3, 15.1.3 Project, Definition of 1.1.4 Project Representatives 4.2.10 Property Insurance 10.2.5, 11.3 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY 10 Regulations and Laws 1.5, 3.2.3, 3.6, 3.7, 3.12.10, 3.13, 4.1.1, 9.6.4, 9.9.1, 10.2.2, 11.1, 11.4, 13.1, 13.4, 13.5.1, 13.5.2, 13.6, 14, 15.2.8, 15.4 Rejection of Work 3.5, 4.2.6, 12.2.1 Releases and Waivers of Liens 9.10.2 Representations 3.2.1, 3.5, 3.12.6, 6.2.2, 8.2.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.8.2, 9.10.1 Representatives 2.1.1, 3.1.1, 3.9, 4.1.1, 4.2.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.10, 5.1.1, 5.1.2, 13.2.1 Responsibility for Those Performing the Work 3.3.2, 3.18, 4.2.3, 5.3.1, 6.1.3, 6.2, 6.3, 9.5.1, 10 Retainage 9.3.1, 9.6.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions by Contractor 3.2, 3.12.7, 6.1.3 Review of Contractor’s Submittals by Owner and Architect 3.10.1, 3.10.2, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2, 5.2, 6.1.3, 9.2, 9.8.2 Review of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples by Contractor 3.12 Rights and Remedies 1.1.2, 2.3, 2.4, 3.5, 3.7.4, 3.15.2, 4.2.6, 5.3, 5.4, 6.1, 6.3, 7.3.1, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.2.5, 10.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.4, 14, 15.4 Royalties, Patents and Copyrights 3.17

Rules and Notices for Arbitration 15.4.1 Safety of Persons and Property 10.2, 10.4 Safety Precautions and Programs 3.3.1, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 5.3.1, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4 Samples, Definition of 3.12.3 Samples, Shop Drawings, Product Data and 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Samples at the Site, Documents and 3.11 Schedule of Values 9.2, 9.3.1 Schedules, Construction 3.10, 3.12.1, 3.12.2, 6.1.3, 15.1.5.2 Separate Contracts and Contractors 1.1.4, 3.12.5, 3.14.2, 4.2.4, 4.2.7, 6, 8.3.1, 12.1.2 Shop Drawings, Definition of 3.12.1 Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7 Site, Use of 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Site Inspections 3.2.2, 3.3.3, 3.7.1, 3.7.4, 4.2, 9.4.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Site Visits, Architect’s 3.7.4, 4.2.2, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.5.1, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 13.5 Special Inspections and Testing 4.2.6, 12.2.1, 13.5 Specifications, Definition of 1.1.6 Specifications 1.1.1, 1.1.6, 1.2.2, 1.5, 3.11, 3.12.10, 3.17, 4.2.14 Statute of Limitations 13.7, 15.4.1.1 Stopping the Work 2.3, 9.7, 10.3, 14.1 Stored Materials 6.2.1, 9.3.2, 10.2.1.2, 10.2.4 Subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.1 SUBCONTRACTORS 5 Subcontractors, Work by 1.2.2, 3.3.2, 3.12.1, 4.2.3, 5.2.3, 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6.7 Subcontractual Relations 5.3, 5.4, 9.3.1.2, 9.6, 9.10, 10.2.1, 14.1, 14.2.1 Submittals 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 4.2.7, 5.2.1, 5.2.3, 7.3.7, 9.2, 9.3, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.1.3 Submittal Schedule 3.10.2, 3.12.5, 4.2.7 Subrogation, Waivers of 6.1.1, 11.3.7

Init.

/


8

Substantial Completion 4.2.9, 8.1.1, 8.1.3, 8.2.3, 9.4.2, 9.8, 9.9.1, 9.10.3, 12.2, 13.7 Substantial Completion, Definition of 9.8.1 Substitution of Subcontractors 5.2.3, 5.2.4 Substitution of Architect 4.1.3 Substitutions of Materials 3.4.2, 3.5, 7.3.8 Sub-subcontractor, Definition of 5.1.2 Subsurface Conditions 3.7.4 Successors and Assigns 13.2 Superintendent 3.9, 10.2.6 Supervision and Construction Procedures 1.2.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.12.10, 4.2.2, 4.2.7, 6.1.3, 6.2.4, 7.1.3, 7.3.7, 8.2, 8.3.1, 9.4.2, 10, 12, 14, 15.1.3 Surety 5.4.1.2, 9.8.5, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 14.2.2, 15.2.7 Surety, Consent of 9.10.2, 9.10.3 Surveys 2.2.3 Suspension by the Owner for Convenience 14.3 Suspension of the Work 5.4.2, 14.3 Suspension or Termination of the Contract 5.4.1.1, 14 Taxes 3.6, 3.8.2.1, 7.3.7.4 Termination by the Contractor 14.1, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Cause 5.4.1.1, 14.2, 15.1.6 Termination by the Owner for Convenience 14.4 Termination of the Architect 4.1.3 Termination of the Contractor 14.2.2 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT 14 Tests and Inspections 3.1.3, 3.3.3, 4.2.2, 4.2.6, 4.2.9, 9.4.2, 9.8.3, 9.9.2, 9.10.1, 10.3.2, 11.4.1.1, 12.2.1, 13.5 TIME 8 Time, Delays and Extensions of 3.2.4, 3.7.4, 5.2.3, 7.2.1, 7.3.1, 7.4, 8.3, 9.5.1, 9.7, 10.3.2, 10.4.1, 14.3.2, 15.1.5, 15.2.5

Time Limits 2.1.2, 2.2, 2.4, 3.2.2, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12.5, 3.15.1, 4.2, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 6.2.4, 7.3, 7.4, 8.2, 9.2, 9.3.1, 9.3.3, 9.4.1, 9.5, 9.6, 9.7, 9.8, 9.9, 9.10, 11.1.3, 12.2, 13.5, 13.7, 14, 15.1.2, 15.4 Time Limits on Claims 3.7.4, 10.2.8, 13.7, 15.1.2 Title to Work 9.3.2, 9.3.3 Transmission of Data in Digital Form 1.6 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK 12 Uncovering of Work 12.1 Unforeseen Conditions, Concealed or Unknown 3.7.4, 8.3.1, 10.3 Unit Prices 7.3.3.2, 7.3.4 Use of Documents 1.1.1, 1.5, 2.2.5, 3.12.6, 5.3 Use of Site 3.13, 6.1.1, 6.2.1 Values, Schedule of 9.2, 9.3.1 Waiver of Claims by the Architect 13.4.2 Waiver of Claims by the Contractor 9.10.5, 13.4.2, 15.1.6 Waiver of Claims by the Owner 9.9.3, 9.10.3, 9.10.4, 12.2.2.1, 13.4.2, 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Consequential Damages 14.2.4, 15.1.6 Waiver of Liens 9.10.2, 9.10.4 Waivers of Subrogation 6.1.1, 11.3.7 Warranty 3.5, 4.2.9, 9.3.3, 9.8.4, 9.9.1, 9.10.4, 12.2.2, 13.7 Weather Delays 15.1.5.2 Work, Definition of 1.1.3 Written Consent 1.5.2, 3.4.2, 3.7.4, 3.12.8, 3.14.2, 4.1.2, 9.3.2, 9.8.5, 9.9.1, 9.10.2, 9.10.3, 11.4.1, 13.2, 13.4.2, 15.4.4.2 Written Interpretations 4.2.11, 4.2.12 Written Notice 2.3, 2.4, 3.3.1, 3.9, 3.12.9, 3.12.10, 5.2.1, 8.2.2, 9.7, 9.10, 10.2.2, 10.3, 11.1.3, 12.2.2, 12.2.4, 13.3, 14, 15.4.1 Written Orders 1.1.1, 2.3, 3.9, 7, 8.2.2, 12.1, 12.2, 13.5.2, 14.3.1, 15.1.2

Init.

/


9

ARTICLE 1 GENERAL PROVISIONS § 1.1 BASIC DEFINITIONS § 1.1.1 THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS The Contract Documents are enumerated in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor (hereinafter the Agreement) and consist of the Agreement, Conditions of the Contract (General, Supplementary and other Conditions), Drawings, Specifications, Addenda issued prior to execution of the Contract, other documents listed in the Agreement and Modifications issued after execution of the Contract. A Modification is (1) a written amendment to the Contract signed by both parties, (2) a Change Order, (3) a Construction Change Directive or (4) a written order for a minor change in the Work issued by the Architect. Unless specifically enumerated in the Agreement, the Contract Documents do not include the advertisement or invitation to bid, Instructions to Bidders, sample forms, other information furnished by the Owner in anticipation of receiving bids or proposals, the Contractor’s bid or proposal, or portions of Addenda relating to bidding requirements. § 1.1.2 THE CONTRACT The Contract Documents form the Contract for Construction. The Contract represents the entire and integrated agreement between the parties hereto and supersedes prior negotiations, representations or agreements, either written or oral. The Contract may be amended or modified only by a Modification. The Contract Documents shall not be construed to create a contractual relationship of any kind (1) between the Contractor and the Architect or the Architect’s consultants, (2) between the Owner and a Subcontractor or a Sub-subcontractor, (3) between the Owner and the Architect or the Architect’s consultants or (4) between any persons or entities other than the Owner and the Contractor. The Architect shall, however, be entitled to performance and enforcement of obligations under the Contract intended to facilitate performance of the Architect’s duties. § 1.1.3 THE WORK The term "Work" means the construction and services required by the Contract Documents, whether completed or partially completed, and includes all other labor, materials, equipment and services provided or to be provided by the Contractor to fulfill the Contractor’s obligations. The Work may constitute the whole or a part of the Project. § 1.1.4 THE PROJECT The Project is the total construction of which the Work performed under the Contract Documents may be the whole or a part and which may include construction by the Owner and by separate contractors. § 1.1.5 THE DRAWINGS The Drawings are the graphic and pictorial portions of the Contract Documents showing the design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details, schedules and diagrams. § 1.1.6 THE SPECIFICATIONS The Specifications are that portion of the Contract Documents consisting of the written requirements for materials, equipment, systems, standards and workmanship for the Work, and performance of related services. § 1.1.7 INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE Instruments of Service are representations, in any medium of expression now known or later developed, of the tangible and intangible creative work performed by the Architect and the Architect’s consultants under their respective professional services agreements. Instruments of Service may include, without limitation, studies, surveys, models, sketches, drawings, specifications, and other similar materials. § 1.1.8 INITIAL DECISION MAKER The Initial Decision Maker is the person identified in the Agreement to render initial decisions on Claims in accordance with Section 15.2 and certify termination of the Agreement under Section 14.2.2. § 1.1.9 PRODUCT The term "Product" includes materials, systems and equipment. § 1.1.10 FURNISH The term "Furnish" means purchase and deliver products to the Work Site.

Init.

/


10

§ 1.1.11 INSTALL The term "Install" means to unload, store, assemble, erect, anchor, apply finish, cure, protect, clean or otherwise process products at the Work Site as necessary to be complete and ready for intended use. § 1.1.12 PROVIDE The term "Provide" means to furnish and install products. § 1.1.13 CODE The term "Code" and "Building Code" refer to regulations of governmental agencies that have jurisdiction. § 1.1.14 SIMILAR The term "Similar" as applied to a product or portion of the documents means comparable in the general sense, but not necessarily identical. Any proposed use and incorporation of Similar Products in the Work must first be submitted for the Owner’s consideration and approval in accordance with the Contract Documents and prior to using or incorporating the same in the Work. § 1.1.15 EQUAL The terms "Equal", "Equivalent" and "Approved Equal" refer to product and material substitutions which have been submitted for consideration in accordance with the Contact Documents and approved by the prior bidding Architect. § 1.2 CORRELATION AND INTENT OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS § 1.2.1 The intent of the Contract Documents is to include all items necessary for the proper execution and completion of the Work by the Contractor. The Contract Documents are complementary, and what is required by one shall be as binding as if required by all; performance by the Contractor shall be required only to the extent consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. § 1.2.2 Organization of the Specifications into divisions, sections and articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Work among Subcontractors or in establishing the extent of Work to be performed by any trade. § 1.2.3 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents, words that have well-known technical or construction industry meanings are used in the Contract Documents in accordance with such recognized meanings. § 1.2.4 Where reference in the Contract Documents is made to recognize standards which establish qualities and types of workmanship and materials, or which establish methods for testing and reporting on the pertinent characteristics, and such reference does not include an edition or date, the edition of the standard and/or amendments to the standard current as of the date of the Project Manual shall apply. § 1.3 CAPITALIZATION Terms capitalized in these General Conditions include those that are (1) specifically defined, (2) the titles of numbered articles or (3) the titles of other documents published by the American Institute of Architects. § 1.4 INTERPRETATION § 1.4.1 In the interest of brevity the Contract Documents frequently omit modifying words such as "all" and "any" and articles such as "the" and "an," but the fact that a modifier or an article is absent from one statement and appears in another is not intended to affect the interpretation of either statement. § 1.4.2 If there is an inconsistency in the quality or quantity of the Work indicated in the Contract Documents, the better quality or great quantity shall be provided in accordance with the Architect’s interpretation. Contract shall note any and all inconsistencies in the quality or quantity of the Work as indicated in the Contract Documents prior to bidding. § 1.4.3 In the event that there are inconsistencies between the Project Contract and these General Conditions, the Contract shall govern. All provisions of the Contract Documents shall be read with a purpose and intent to fully complete the Project Work with a greater degree of the quality or quantities referenced in the Contract Documents, to complete the same in a timely and workmanlike manner, and to ensure that all Project subcontractors and suppliers

Init.

/


11

are fully and finally paid for the value of their Work, subject to offsets or deductions for any deficiencies of delay in the completion of the same. § 1.5 OWNERSHIP AND USE OF DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INSTRUMENTS OF SERVICE § 1.5.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Owner-Architect Agreement, the Architect and the Architect’s consultants shall be deemed the authors and owners of their respective Instruments of Service, including the Drawings and Specifications, and will retain all common law, statutory and other reserved rights, including copyrights. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers shall not own or claim a copyright in the Instruments of Service. Submittal or distribution to meet official regulatory requirements or for other purposes in connection with this Project is not to be construed as publication in derogation of the Architect’s or Architect’s consultants’ reserved rights. § 1.5.2 The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and material or equipment suppliers are authorized to use and reproduce the Instruments of Service provided to them solely and exclusively for execution of the Work. All copies made under this authorization shall bear the copyright notice, if any, shown on the Instruments of Service. The Contractor, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, and material or equipment suppliers may not use the Instruments of Service on other projects or for additions to this Project outside the scope of the Work without the specific written consent of the Owner, Architect and the Architect’s consultants. § 1.5.3 Government Data Practices Act. The Contractor, its Sub-Contractors and the Owner must comply with the Minnesota Government Data Practices Act, Minnesota Statutes Chapter 13, as it applies to all data provided by the Owner in accordance with this Contract and as it applies to all data, created, collected, received, stored, used, maintained, or disseminate by the Contractor in accordance with this Contract. The civil remedies of Minnesota Statute §13.08 apply to the release of the data referred to in this clause by the Contractor, its Sub-Contractors or the Owner. In the event the Contractor receives a request to release the data referred to in this clause, the Contractor must immediately notify the Owner. The Owner will give the Contractor instructions concerning the release of the data to the requesting party before the data is released. § 1.6 TRANSMISSION OF DATA IN DIGITAL FORM If the parties intend to transmit Instruments of Service or any other information or documentation in digital form, they shall endeavor to establish necessary protocols governing such transmissions, unless otherwise already provided in the Agreement or the Contract Documents. In the event of any disagreement over necessary protocols regarding transmission of documents or information in digital form, the Architect’s decision regarding protocols governing such transmissions shall control. ARTICLE 2 OWNER § 2.1 GENERAL § 2.1.1 The Owner is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Owner shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Owner with respect to all matters requiring the Owner’s approval or authorization. Except as otherwise provided in Section 4.2.1, the Architect does not have such authority. The term "Owner" means the Owner or the Owner’s authorized representative. § 2.1.2 The Contractor and the Owner shall furnish copies of the Contractor’s Payment and Performance Bonds to any and all Project subcontractors and suppliers promptly following written request of the same. The Owner may, but need not, provide the Contractor with notice that copies of the Contractor’s Project Bonds have been requested. § 2.2 INFORMATION AND SERVICES REQUIRED OF THE OWNER § 2.2.1 The Owner has made the necessary financial arrangements to fulfill the Owner’s payment obligations under the Contract. Contractor may request information on such financial arrangements in the form as required or permitted by law. § 2.2.2 Except for permits and fees that are the responsibility of the Contractor under the Contract Documents, including those required under Section 3.7.1, the Owner shall secure and pay for necessary approvals, easements,

Init.

/


12

assessments and charges required for construction, use or occupancy of permanent structures or for permanent changes in existing facilities. § 2.2.3 The Owner shall furnish surveys describing physical characteristics, legal limitations and utility locations for the site of the Project, and a legal description of the site. The Contractor shall be entitled to rely on the accuracy of information furnished by the Owner but shall exercise proper precautions relating to the safe performance of the Work. § 2.2.4 The Owner shall furnish information or services required of the Owner by the Contract Documents with reasonable promptness. The Owner shall also furnish any other information or services under the Owner’s control and relevant to the Contractor’s performance of the Work with reasonable promptness after receiving the Contractor’s written request for such information or services. § 2.2.5 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor one copy of the Contract Documents for purposes of making reproductions pursuant to Section 1.5.2. § 2.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO STOP THE WORK If the Contractor fails to correct Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents as required by Section 12.2 or repeatedly fails to carry out Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, the Owner may issue a written order to the Contractor to stop the Work, or any portion thereof, until the cause for such order has been eliminated; however, the right of the Owner to stop the Work shall not give rise to a duty on the part of the Owner to exercise this right for the benefit of the Contractor or any other person or entity, except to the extent required by Section 6.1.3.Contractor shall not be entitled to any time extension for the Work, or for any damages for delay, during the period of time that the Owner has stopped the Work under this Section. § 2.4 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CARRY OUT THE WORK If the Contractor defaults or neglects to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents and fails within a ten-day period after receipt of written notice from the Owner to commence and continue correction of such default or neglect with diligence and promptness, the Owner may, without any further notice and without prejudice to other remedies the Owner may have, correct such deficiencies. In such case an appropriate Change Order shall be issued deducting from payments then or thereafter due the Contractor the reasonable cost of correcting such deficiencies, including Owner’s expenses and compensation for the Architect’s additional services made necessary by such default, neglect or failure. Such action by the Owner and amounts charged to the Contractor are both subject to approval of the Architect. If payments then or thereafter due the Contractor are not sufficient to cover such amounts, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. ARTICLE 3 CONTRACTOR § 3.1 GENERAL § 3.1.1 The Contractor is the person or entity identified as such in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. The Contractor shall be lawfully licensed, if required in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. The Contractor shall designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Contractor with respect to all matters under this Contract. The term "Contractor" means the Contractor or the Contractor’s authorized representative. § 3.1.2 The Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 3.1.3 The Contractor shall not be relieved of obligations to perform the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents either by activities or duties of the Architect in the Architect’s administration of the Contract, or by tests, inspections or approvals required or performed by persons or entities other than the Contractor. § 3.1.4 The Contractor shall only retain and employ qualified and competent Subcontractors who shall be fully insured and shall be properly licensed, if required, in the jurisdiction where the project is located. The Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors to designate in writing a representative who shall have express authority to bind the Subcontractor with respect to all matters under the Contractor’s subcontracts with each Subcontractor. The Contractor shall take the steps necessary to ensure that each of its employees and each and all of the employees of all of its Subcontractors, conduct themselves in a professional and proper manner while working on the Project. The

Init.

/


13

Contractor shall promptly remove all employees and Subcontractors or Subcontractor’s employees, upon which the Owner provides reasonable objection as to the suitability of the same. The Contractor shall take all steps necessary to ensure that its employees and the employees of each of its Subcontractors are not under the influence of drugs or alcohol while on the Project. § 3.2 REVIEW OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND FIELD CONDITIONS BY CONTRACTOR § 3.2.1 Execution of the Contract by the Contractor is a representation that the Contractor has visited the site, become generally familiar with local conditions under which the Work is to be performed and correlated personal observations with requirements of the Contract Documents. § 3.2.2 Because the Contract Documents are complementary, the Contractor shall, before starting each portion of the Work, carefully study and compare the various Contract Documents relative to that portion of the Work, as well as the information furnished by the Owner pursuant to Section 2.2.3, shall take field measurements of any existing conditions related to that portion of the Work, and shall observe any conditions at the site affecting it. These obligations are for the purpose of facilitating coordination and construction by the Contractor and are not for the purpose of discovering errors, omissions, or inconsistencies in the Contract Documents; however, the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any errors, inconsistencies or omissions discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. The Contractor shall bear the full responsibility for any additional costs, delay or damages resulting from failure to immediately report for such errors, omissions, inconsistencies that the Contractor may discover. The Contractor shall also report to the Architect any products specified herein that the Contractor has reason to believe are incorrect, inadequate, obsolete or unsuitable for the purpose indicated, or that the Contractor has reason to believe would constitute a violation of the Contractor’s warranty or applicable law. The Contractor shall not proceed with the Work, or installation of any products, until written direction has been given by the Architect. It is recognized that the Contractor’s review is made in the Contractor’s capacity as a contractor and not as a licensed design professional, unless otherwise specifically provided in the Contract Documents. § 3.2.3 The Contractor is not required to ascertain that the Contract Documents are in accordance with applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, but the Contractor shall promptly report to the Architect any nonconformity discovered by or made known to the Contractor as a request for information in such form as the Architect may require. § 3.2.4 The Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any increase or adjustment in the Contract Sum due to the failure of the Contractor, or any of its Subcontractors, to fully and adequately review all Contract Documents, all soils reports, existing site conditions, and the complete nature and full scope of the Work as represented in the Contract Documents. Contractor acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to visit the site to ascertain existing conditions, that it has been provided full access to all Project bid and Project Contract Documents, and that this provision is a material provision of the Project Contract that is not subject to waiver or modification due to the actions or inactions of the Owner or the Architect. § 3.3 SUPERVISION AND CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES § 3.3.1 The Contractor shall supervise and direct the Work, using the Contractor’s best skill and attention. The Contractor shall be solely responsible for, and have control over, construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures and for coordinating all portions of the Work under the Contract, unless the Contract Documents give other specific instructions concerning these matters. If the Contract Documents give specific instructions concerning construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, the Contractor shall evaluate the jobsite safety thereof and, except as stated below, shall be fully and solely responsible for the jobsite safety of such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. If the Contractor determines that such means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures may not be safe, the Contractor shall give timely written notice to the Owner and Architect and shall not proceed with that portion of the Work without further written instructions from the Architect. If the Contractor is then instructed to proceed with the required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures without acceptance of changes proposed by the Contractor, the Owner shall be solely responsible for any loss or damage arising solely from those Owner-required means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures.

Init.

/


14

§ 3.3.2 The Contractor shall be responsible to the Owner for acts and omissions of the Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors and their agents and employees, and other persons or entities performing portions of the Work for, or on behalf of, the Contractor or any of its Subcontractors. § 3.3.3 The Contractor shall be responsible for inspection of portions of Work already performed to determine that such portions are in proper condition to receive subsequent Work. § 3.3.4 Where the Work includes construction, remodeling or renovation within an existing building, the Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining building systems in fully functional condition for the duration of the Work. These shall include, but not be limited to, temperature control, building automation, fire alarm, fire protection, data network, phone and security systems. All costs associated with maintaining such building systems in fully functional condition for the duration of the Work are included in the Contract Sum and are not subject to further increase through the Change Order or Claims processes. § 3.3.5 The Contractor shall maintain and submit to the Owner, on a not less than weekly basis, detailed daily logs regarding the Contractor’s Work. The Contractor shall also require that each of its Subcontractors maintain and submit detailed daily logs of their portions of the Work, and Contractor shall submit the same to the Owner on a weekly basis. § 3.4 LABOR AND MATERIALS § 3.4.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation, and other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work, whether temporary or permanent and whether or not incorporated or to be incorporated in the Work. § 3.4.2 Except in the case of minor changes in the Work authorized by the Architect in accordance with Sections 3.12.8 or 7.4, the Contractor may make substitutions only with the consent of the Owner, after evaluation by the Architect and in accordance with a Change Order or Construction Change Directive. § 3.4.3 The Contractor shall enforce strict discipline and good order among the Contractor’s employees and other persons carrying out the Work. The Contractor shall not permit employment of unfit persons or persons not properly skilled in tasks assigned to them. § 3.5 WARRANTY The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment furnished under the Contract will be of good quality and new unless the Contract Documents require or permit otherwise. The Contractor further warrants that the Work will conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents and will be free from defects, except for those inherent in the quality of the Work the Contract Documents require or permit. Work, materials, or equipment not conforming to these requirements may be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, alterations to the Work not executed by the Contractor, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, or normal wear and tear and normal usage. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. § 3.6 TAXES The Contractor shall pay sales, consumer, use and similar taxes for the Work provided by the Contractor that are legally enacted when bids are received or negotiations concluded, whether or not yet effective or merely scheduled to go into effect. § 3.7 PERMITS, FEES, NOTICES AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS § 3.7.1 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall secure and pay for the building permit as well as for other permits, fees, licenses, and inspections by government agencies necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work that are customarily secured after execution of the Contract and legally required at the time bids are received or negotiations concluded. § 3.7.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities applicable to performance of the Work.

Init.

/


15

§ 3.7.3 If the Contractor performs Work knowing or reasonably should have known upon reasonable inquiry it to be contrary to applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of public authorities, the Contractor shall assume appropriate responsibility for such Work and shall bear the costs attributable to correction. § 3.7.4 Concealed or Unknown Conditions. If the Contractor encounters conditions at the site that are (1) subsurface or otherwise concealed physical conditions that differ materially from those indicated in the Contract Documents or (2) unknown physical conditions of an unusual nature, that differ materially from those ordinarily found to exist and generally recognized as inherent in construction activities of the character provided for in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall promptly provide written notice to the Owner and the Architect before conditions are disturbed and in no event later than 21 days after first observance of the conditions. The Architect will promptly investigate such conditions and, if the Architect determines that they differ materially and cause an increase or decrease in the Contractor’s cost of, or time required for, performance of any part of the Work, will recommend an equitable adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. If the Architect determines that the conditions at the site are not materially different from those indicated in the Contract Documents and that no change in the terms of the Contract is justified; the Architect shall promptly notify the Owner and the Contractor in writing, stating the reasons. If either party disputes the Architect’s determination or recommendation, that party may proceed as provided in Article 15. The Contractor understands that this provision is a material term of the Contract and is not subject to waiver or modification by the actions or inactions of the Owner or the Architect. The Contractor further aggress that it must strictly and timely comply with the provisions in Article 15 as a precondition to any entitlement to be compensated for any additional costs under this Section. § 3.7.5 If, in the course of the Work, the Contractor encounters human remains or recognizes the existence of burial markers, archaeological sites or wetlands not indicated in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall immediately suspend any operations that would affect them and shall notify the Owner and Architect. Upon receipt of such notice, the Owner shall promptly take any action necessary to obtain governmental authorization required to resume the operations. The Contractor shall continue to suspend such operations until otherwise instructed by the Owner but shall continue with all other operations that do not affect those remains or features. Requests for adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time arising from the existence of such remains or features may be made as provided in Article 15. § 3.8 ALLOWANCES § 3.8.1 The Contractor shall include in the Contract Sum all allowances stated in the Contract Documents. Items covered by allowances shall be supplied for such amounts and by such persons or entities as the Owner may direct, but the Contractor shall not be required to employ persons or entities to whom the Contractor has reasonable objection. § 3.8.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents,

.1 Allowances shall cover the cost to the Contractor of materials and equipment delivered at the site and all required taxes, less applicable trade discounts;

.2 Contractor’s costs for unloading and handling at the site, labor, installation costs, overhead, profit and other expenses contemplated for stated allowance amounts shall be included in the Contract Sum but not in the allowances; and

.3 Whenever costs are more than or less than allowances, the Contract Sum shall be adjusted accordingly by Change Order. The amount of the Change Order shall reflect (1) the difference between actual costs and the allowances under Section 3.8.2.1 and (2) changes in Contractor’s costs under Section 3.8.2.2.

§ 3.8.3 Materials and equipment under an allowance shall be selected by the Owner with reasonable promptness. § 3.9 SUPERINTENDENT § 3.9.1 The Contractor shall employ a competent superintendent and necessary assistants who shall be in attendance at the Project site during performance of the Work. The superintendent shall represent the Contractor, and communications given to the superintendent shall be as binding as if given to the Contractor. § 3.9.2 The Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the name and qualifications of a proposed superintendent. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to the

Init.

/


16

proposed superintendent or (2) that the Architect requires additional time to review. Failure of the Architect to reply within the 14 day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 3.9.3 The Contractor shall not employ a proposed superintendent to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not change the superintendent without the Owner’s consent, which shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed. If reasonably requested by the Owner or Architect during the Contractor’s performance of the Work, the Contractor shall promptly remove its existing superintendent and assign a new superintendent. § 3.10 CONTRACTOR’S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULES § 3.10.1 The Contractor, promptly after being awarded the Contract, shall prepare and submit for the Owner’s and Architect’s information a Contractor’s construction schedule for the Work. The schedule shall not exceed time limits current under the Contract Documents, shall be revised at appropriate intervals as required by the conditions of the Work and Project, shall be related to the entire Project to the extent required by the Contract Documents, and shall provide for expeditious and practicable execution of the Work. § 3.10.2 The Contractor shall prepare a submittal schedule, promptly after being awarded the Contract and thereafter as necessary to maintain a current submittal schedule, and shall submit the schedule(s) for the Architect’s approval. The Architect’s approval shall not unreasonably be delayed or withheld. The submittal schedule shall (1) be coordinated with the Contractor’s construction schedule, and (2) allow the Architect reasonable time to review submittals. If the Contractor fails to submit a submittal schedule, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in Contract Sum or extension of Contract Time based on the time required for review of submittals. § 3.10.3 The Contractor shall perform the Work in general accordance with the most recent schedules submitted to the Owner and Architect. § 3.10.4 The Contractor understands and acknowledges that time is of the essence in performing the Work and the Contractor further understands that, absent proper justification for extensions of time properly issued under the provisions of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall not be entitled to any additional time to complete the Work. Any updated schedules that provide for completion of the Work beyond the completion time set forth in the Contract Documents shall not constitute a waiver or modification of the completion date unless so authorized by the Owner in writing. The Contractor understands that it may be required to, at its sole expense, employ extraordinary means, including overtime and second shifts, to complete the Work in a timely fashion. All costs associated with such extraordinary means are the Contractor’s responsibility unless approved in writing by the Owner. § 3.11 DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AT THE SITE The Contractor shall maintain at the site for the Owner one copy of the Drawings, Specifications, Addenda, Change Orders and other Modifications, in good order and marked currently to indicate field changes and selections made during construction, and one copy of approved Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar required submittals. These shall be available to the Architect and shall be delivered to the Architect for submittal to the Owner upon completion of the Work as a record of the Work as constructed. § 3.12 SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES § 3.12.1 Shop Drawings are drawings, diagrams, schedules and other data specially prepared for the Work by the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor, manufacturer, supplier or distributor to illustrate some portion of the Work. § 3.12.2 Product Data are illustrations, standard schedules, performance charts, instructions, brochures, diagrams and other information furnished by the Contractor to illustrate materials or equipment for some portion of the Work. § 3.12.3 Samples are physical examples that illustrate materials, equipment or workmanship and establish standards by which the Work will be judged. § 3.12.4 Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals are not Contract Documents. Their purpose is to demonstrate the way by which the Contractor proposes to conform to the information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents for those portions of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittals. Review by the Architect is subject to the limitations of Section 4.2.7. Informational submittals upon which

Init.

/


17

the Architect is not expected to take responsive action may be so identified in the Contract Documents. Submittals that are not required by the Contract Documents may be returned by the Architect without action. § 3.12.5 The Contractor shall review for compliance with the Contract Documents, approve and submit to the Architect Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the activities of the Owner or of separate contractors. § 3.12.6 By submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples and similar submittals, the Contractor represents to the Owner and Architect that the Contractor has (1) reviewed and approved them, (2) determined and verified materials, field measurements and field construction criteria related thereto, or will do so and (3) checked and coordinated the information contained within such submittals with the requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents. § 3.12.7 The Contractor shall perform no portion of the Work for which the Contract Documents require submittal and review of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals until the respective submittal has been reviewed and approved by the Architect. § 3.12.8 The Work shall be in accordance with reviewed and approved submittals except that the Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents by the Architect’s review and approval of Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals unless the Contractor has specifically informed the Architect in writing of such deviation at the time of submittal and (1) the Architect has given written approval to the specific deviation as a minor change in the Work, or (2) a Change Order or Construction Change Directive has been issued authorizing the deviation. The Contractor shall not be relieved of responsibility for errors or omissions in Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals by the Architect’s review and approval thereof. § 3.12.9 The Contractor shall direct specific attention, in writing or on resubmitted Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples or similar submittals, to revisions other than those requested by the Architect on previous submittals. In the absence of such written notice, the Architect’s approval of a resubmission shall not apply to such revisions. § 3.12.10 The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services that constitute the practice of architecture or engineering unless such services are specifically required by the Contract Documents for a portion of the Work or unless the Contractor needs to provide such services in order to carry out the Contractor’s responsibilities for construction means, methods, techniques, sequences and procedures. The Contractor shall not be required to provide professional services in violation of applicable law. If professional design services or certifications by a design professional related to systems, materials or equipment are specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract Documents, the Owner and the Architect will specify all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. The Contractor shall cause such services or certifications to be provided by a properly licensed design professional, whose signature and seal shall appear on all drawings, calculations, specifications, certifications, Shop Drawings and other submittals prepared by such professional. Shop Drawings and other submittals related to the Work designed or certified by such professional, if prepared by others, shall bear such professional’s written approval when submitted to the Architect. The Owner and the Architect shall be entitled to rely upon the adequacy, accuracy and completeness of the services, certifications and approvals performed or provided by such design professionals, provided the Owner and Architect have specified to the Contractor all performance and design criteria that such services must satisfy. Pursuant to this Section 3.12.10, the Architect will review, approve or take other appropriate action on submittals only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the adequacy of the performance and design criteria specified in the Contract Documents. § 3.13 USE OF SITE The Contractor shall confine operations at the site to areas permitted by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities and the Contract Documents and shall not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment.

Init.

/


18

§ 3.14 CUTTING AND PATCHING § 3.14.1 Regardless of whether the Contract Documents specifically identify and delineate such work, the Contractor shall be responsible for cutting, fitting or patching required to complete the Work or to make its parts fit together properly. All areas requiring cutting, fitting and patching shall be restored to the condition existing prior to the cutting, fitting and patching, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents. § 3.14.2 The Contractor shall not damage or endanger a portion of the Work or fully or partially completed construction of the Owner or separate contractors by cutting, patching or otherwise altering such construction, or by excavation. The Contractor shall not cut or otherwise alter such construction by the Owner or a separate contractor except with written consent of the Owner and of such separate contractor; such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Contractor shall not unreasonably withhold from the Owner or a separate contractor the Contractor’s consent to cutting or otherwise altering the Work. § 3.15 CLEANING UP § 3.15.1 The Contractor shall keep the premises and surrounding area free from accumulation of waste materials or rubbish caused by operations under the Contract. At completion of the Work, the Contractor shall remove waste materials, rubbish, the Contractor’s tools, construction equipment, machinery and surplus materials from and about the Project. § 3.15.2 If the Contractor fails to clean up as provided in the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so and Owner shall be entitled to reimbursement from the Contractor. § 3.16 ACCESS TO WORK The Contractor shall provide the Owner and Architect access to the Work in preparation and progress wherever located. § 3.17 ROYALTIES, PATENTS AND COPYRIGHTS The Contractor shall pay all royalties and license fees. The Contractor shall defend suits or claims for infringement of copyrights and patent rights and shall hold the Owner and Architect harmless from loss on account thereof, but shall not be responsible for such defense or loss when a particular design, process or product of a particular manufacturer or manufacturers is required by the Contract Documents, or where the copyright violations are contained in Drawings, Specifications or other documents prepared by the Owner or Architect. However, if the Contractor has reason to believe that the required design, process or product is an infringement of a copyright or a patent, the Contractor shall be responsible for such loss unless such information is promptly furnished to the Architect. § 3.18 INDEMNIFICATION § 3.18.1 To the fullest extent permitted by law the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Owner, Architect, Architect’s consultants, and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), but only to the extent caused by the negligent acts or omissions of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge, or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity that would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in this Section 3.18. § 3.18.2 In claims against any person or entity indemnified under this Section 3.18 by an employee of the Contractor, a Subcontractor, anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, the indemnification obligation under Section 3.18.1 shall not be limited by a limitation on amount or type of damages, compensation or benefits payable by or for the Contractor or a Subcontractor under workers’ compensation acts, disability benefit acts or other employee benefit acts. § 3.19 AFFIRMATIVE ACTION The Contractor must comply with the Owner’s Affirmative Action requirements and procedures. The Contractor shall furnish an Affirmative Action plan information and/or reports if requested by the Owner. The furnishing of the information and plan under this Paragraph is a condition precedent to the Contractor’s right to receive payment for its Work.

Init.

/


19

§3.20 Contractor understands that Owner may have ongoing activities involving teachers, children, and staff at or near the Project when the Work is being performed. Contractor commits to scheduling and performing its Work in such a manner as will reasonably minimize any potential disruption to such activities while they are occurring. ARTICLE 4 ARCHITECT § 4.1 GENERAL § 4.1.1 The Owner shall retain an architect lawfully licensed to practice architecture or an entity lawfully practicing architecture in the jurisdiction where the Project is located. That person or entity is identified as the Architect in the Agreement and is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number. § 4.1.2 Duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of the Architect as set forth in the Contract Documents shall not be restricted, modified or extended without written consent of the Owner, Contractor and Architect. Consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. § 4.1.3 If the employment of the Architect is terminated, the Owner shall employ a successor architect as to whom the Contractor has no reasonable objection and whose status under the Contract Documents shall be that of the Architect. § 4.2 ADMINISTRATION OF THE CONTRACT § 4.2.1 The Architect will provide administration of the Contract as described in the Contract Documents and will be an Owner’s representative during construction until the date the Architect issues the final Certificate for Payment. The Architect will have authority to act on behalf of the Owner only to the extent provided in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.2 The Architect will visit the site at intervals appropriate to the stage of construction, or as otherwise agreed with the Owner, to become generally familiar with the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and to determine in general if the Work observed is being performed in a manner indicating that the Work, when fully completed, will be in accordance with the Contract Documents. However, the Architect will not be required to make exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work. The Architect will not have control over, charge of, or responsibility for, the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, or for the safety precautions and programs in connection with the Work, since these are solely the Contractor’s rights and responsibilities under the Contract Documents, except as provided in Section 3.3.1. § 4.2.3 On the basis of the site visits, the Architect will keep the Owner reasonably informed about the progress and quality of the portion of the Work completed, and report to the Owner (1) known deviations from the Contract Documents and from the most recent construction schedule submitted by the Contractor, and (2) defects and deficiencies observed in the Work. The Architect will not be responsible for the Contractor’s failure to perform the Work in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. The Architect will not have control over or charge of and will not be responsible for acts or omissions of the Contractor, Subcontractors, or their agents or employees, or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work. § 4.2.4 COMMUNICATIONS FACILITATING CONTRACT ADMINISTRATION Except as otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or when direct communications have been specially authorized, the Owner and Contractor shall endeavor to communicate with each other through the Architect about matters arising out of or relating to the Contract. Communications by and with the Architect’s consultants shall be through the Architect. Communications by and with Subcontractors and material suppliers shall be through the Contractor. Communications by and with separate contractors shall be through the Owner. § 4.2.5 Based on the Architect’s evaluations of the Contractor’s Applications for Payment, the Architect will review and certify the amounts due the Contractor and will issue Certificates for Payment in such amounts. § 4.2.6 The Architect has authority to reject Work that does not conform to the Contract Documents. Whenever the Architect considers it necessary or advisable, the Architect will have authority to require inspection or testing of the Work in accordance with Sections 13.5.2 and 13.5.3, whether or not such Work is fabricated, installed or completed. However, neither this authority of the Architect nor a decision made in good faith either to exercise or not to exercise such authority shall give rise to a duty or responsibility of the Architect to the Contractor, Subcontractors, material and equipment suppliers, their agents or employees, or other persons or entities performing portions of the Work.

Init.

/


20

§ 4.2.7 The Architect will review and approve, or take other appropriate action upon, the Contractor’s submittals such as Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples, but only for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents. The Architect’s action will be taken in accordance with the submittal schedule approved by the Architect or, in the absence of an approved submittal schedule, with reasonable promptness while allowing sufficient time in the Architect’s professional judgment to permit adequate review. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of the Contractor as required by the Contract Documents. The Architect’s review of the Contractor’s submittals shall not relieve the Contractor of the obligations under Sections 3.3, 3.5 and 3.12. The Architect’s review shall not constitute approval of safety precautions or, unless otherwise specifically stated by the Architect, of any construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures. The Architect’s approval of a specific item shall not indicate approval of an assembly of which the item is a component. § 4.2.8 The Architect will prepare Change Orders and Construction Change Directives, and may authorize minor changes in the Work as provided in Section 7.4. The Architect will investigate and make determinations and recommendations regarding concealed and unknown conditions as provided in Section 3.7.4. § 4.2.9 The Architect will conduct inspections to determine the date or dates of Substantial Completion and the date of final completion; issue Certificates of Substantial Completion pursuant to Section 9.8; receive and forward to the Owner, for the Owner’s review and records, written warranties and related documents required by the Contract and assembled by the Contractor pursuant to Section 9.10; and issue a final Certificate for Payment pursuant to Section 9.10. § 4.2.10 If the Owner and Architect agree, the Architect will provide one or more project representatives to assist in carrying out the Architect’s responsibilities at the site. The duties, responsibilities and limitations of authority of such project representatives shall be as set forth in an exhibit to be incorporated in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.11 The Architect will interpret and decide matters concerning performance under, and requirements of, the Contract Documents on written request of either the Owner or Contractor. The Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. § 4.2.12 Interpretations and decisions of the Architect will be consistent with the intent of, and reasonably inferable from, the Contract Documents and will be in writing or in the form of drawings. When making such interpretations and decisions, the Architect will endeavor to secure faithful performance by both Owner and Contractor, will not show partiality to either and will not be liable for results of interpretations or decisions rendered in good faith. § 4.2.13 The Architect’s decisions on matters relating to aesthetic effect will be final if consistent with the intent expressed in the Contract Documents. § 4.2.14 The Architect will review and respond to requests for information about the Contract Documents. The Architect’s response to such requests will be made in writing within any time limits agreed upon or otherwise with reasonable promptness. If appropriate, the Architect will prepare and issue supplemental Drawings and Specifications in response to the requests for information. ARTICLE 5 SUBCONTRACTORS § 5.1 DEFINITIONS § 5.1.1 A Subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct contract with the Contractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site or to supply materials and equipment. The term "Subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Subcontractor. The term "Subcontractor" does not include a separate contractor or subcontractors of a separate contractor. § 5.1.2 A Sub-subcontractor is a person or entity who has a direct or indirect contract with a Subcontractor to perform a portion of the Work at the site or to supply materials and equipment. The term "Sub-subcontractor" is referred to throughout the Contract Documents as if singular in number and means a Sub-subcontractor or an authorized representative of the Sub-subcontractor.

Init.

/


21

§ 5.2 AWARD OF SUBCONTRACTS AND OTHER CONTRACTS FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK § 5.2.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract Documents or the bidding requirements, the Contractor, as soon as practicable after award of the Contract, shall furnish in writing to the Owner through the Architect the names of persons or entities (including those who are to furnish materials or equipment fabricated to a special design) proposed for each principal portion of the Work. The Architect may reply within 14 days to the Contractor in writing stating (1) whether the Owner or the Architect has reasonable objection to any such proposed person or entity or (2) that the Architect requires additional time for review. Failure of the Owner or Architect to reply within the 14-day period shall constitute notice of no reasonable objection. § 5.2.2 The Contractor shall not contract with a proposed person or entity to whom the Owner or Architect has made reasonable and timely objection. The Contractor shall not be required to contract with anyone to whom the Contractor has made reasonable objection. § 5.2.3 If the Owner or Architect has reasonable objection to a person or entity proposed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall propose another to whom the Owner or Architect has no reasonable objection. If the proposed but rejected Subcontractor was reasonably capable of performing the Work, the Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be increased or decreased by the difference, if any, occasioned by such change, and an appropriate Change Order shall be issued before commencement of the substitute Subcontractor’s Work. However, no increase in the Contract Sum or Contract Time shall be allowed for such change unless the Contractor has acted promptly and responsively in submitting names as required. The Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Sum under this Section if it is established that the Contractor has engaged in bid shopping or bid chopping practices in its selection of and contracting with Project Subcontractors. § 5.2.4 The Contractor shall not substitute a Subcontractor, person or entity previously selected if the Owner or Architect makes reasonable objection to such substitution. § 5.3 SUBCONTRACTUAL RELATIONS § 5.3.1 Unless expressly authorized by the Owner, in writing, the Contractor shall not enter into any claim prosecution agreements or "pass through" agreements that allow a subcontractor to pursue claims directly against the Owner without the Contractor’s participation. In the event that the Owner does grant its permission for such "pass through" claims, then the Contractor shall not be entitled to any mark-up or additional compensation based on the final resolution of the Subcontractor’s claims, including any payment that the Owner may make directly to the Subcontractor in satisfaction of the same. In any event, all such Claims, if asserted, must be made in strict conformity with the claim requirements under Article 15. § 5.3.2 The Contractor shall bind each of its subcontractors to the same dispute resolution provision between the Contractor and the Owner under the Contract Documents so as to ensure that all potential Project-related claims are determined in a single forum with proper Project participants. The Contractor shall additionally commit that its payment and performance bond surety shall, as necessary, fully participate in all dispute resolution procedures under the Contract Documents and be bound by the same. § 5.4 CONTINGENT ASSIGNMENT OF SUBCONTRACTS § 5.4.1 Each subcontract agreement for a portion of the Work is assigned by the Contractor to the Owner, provided that

.1 assignment is effective only after termination of the Contract by the Owner for cause pursuant to Section 14.2 and only for those subcontract agreements that the Owner accepts by notifying the Subcontractor and Contractor in writing; and

.2 assignment is subject to the prior rights of the surety, if any, obligated under bond relating to the Contract.

When the Owner accepts the assignment of a subcontract agreement, the Owner assumes the Contractor’s rights and obligations under the subcontract. § 5.4.2 Upon such assignment, if the Work has been suspended for more than 30 days, the Subcontractor’s compensation shall be equitably adjusted for increases in cost resulting from the suspension.

Init.

/


22

§ 5.4.3 Upon such assignment to the Owner under this Section 5.4, the Owner may further assign the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity. If the Owner assigns the subcontract to a successor contractor or other entity, the Owner shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all of the successor contractor’s obligations under the subcontract. ARTICLE 6 CONSTRUCTION BY OWNER OR BY SEPARATE CONTRACTORS § 6.1 OWNER’S RIGHT TO PERFORM CONSTRUCTION AND TO AWARD SEPARATE CONTRACTS § 6.1.1 The Owner reserves the right to perform construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, and to award separate contracts in connection with other portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site under Conditions of the Contract identical or substantially similar to these including those portions related to insurance and waiver of subrogation. If the Contractor claims that delay or additional cost is involved because of such action by the Owner, the Contractor shall make such Claim as provided in Article 15. § 6.1.2 When separate contracts are awarded for different portions of the Project or other construction or operations on the site, the term "Contractor" in the Contract Documents in each case shall mean the Contractor who executes each separate Owner-Contractor Agreement. § 6.1.3 The Owner shall provide for coordination of the activities of the Owner’s own forces and of each separate contractor with the Work of the Contractor, who shall cooperate with them. The Contractor shall participate with other separate contractors and the Owner in reviewing their construction schedules. The Contractor shall make any revisions to the construction schedule deemed necessary after a joint review and mutual agreement. The construction schedules shall then constitute the schedules to be used by the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner until subsequently revised. § 6.1.4 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, when the Owner performs construction or operations related to the Project with the Owner’s own forces, the Owner shall be deemed to be subject to the same obligations and to have the same rights that apply to the Contractor under the Conditions of the Contract, including, without excluding others, those stated in Article 3, this Article 6 and Articles 10, 11 and 12. § 6.2 MUTUAL RESPONSIBILITY § 6.2.1 The Contractor shall afford the Owner and separate contractors reasonable opportunity for introduction and storage of their materials and equipment and performance of their activities, and shall connect and coordinate the Contractor’s construction and operations with theirs as required by the Contract Documents. § 6.2.2 If part of the Contractor’s Work depends for proper execution or results upon construction or operations by the Owner or a separate contractor, the Contractor shall, prior to proceeding with that portion of the Work, promptly report to the Architect apparent discrepancies or defects in such other construction that would render it unsuitable for such proper execution and results. Failure of the Contractor so to report shall constitute an acknowledgment that the Owner’s or separate contractor’s completed or partially completed construction is fit and proper to receive the Contractor’s Work, except as to defects not then reasonably discoverable. § 6.2.3 The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner for costs the Owner incurs that are payable to a separate contractor because of the Contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities or defective construction. The Owner shall be responsible to the Contractor for costs the Contractor incurs because of a separate contractor’s delays, improperly timed activities, damage to the Work or defective construction. § 6.2.4 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage the Contractor wrongfully causes to completed or partially completed construction or to property of the Owner or separate contractors as provided in Section 10.2.5. § 6.2.5 The Owner and each separate contractor shall have the same responsibilities for cutting and patching as are described for the Contractor in Section 3.14. § 6.3 OWNER’S RIGHT TO CLEAN UP If a dispute arises among the Contractor, separate contractors and the Owner as to the responsibility under their respective contracts for maintaining the premises and surrounding area free from waste materials and rubbish, the Owner may clean up and the Architect will allocate the cost among those responsible.

Init.

/


23

ARTICLE 7 CHANGES IN THE WORK § 7.1 GENERAL § 7.1.1 Changes in the Work may be accomplished after execution of the Contract, and without invalidating the Contract, by Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work, subject to the limitations stated in this Article 7 and elsewhere in the Contract Documents. § 7.1.2 A Change Order shall be based upon agreement among the Owner, Contractor and Architect; a Construction Change Directive requires agreement by the Owner and Architect and may or may not be agreed to by the Contractor; an order for a minor change in the Work may be issued by the Architect alone. § 7.1.3 Changes in the Work shall be performed under applicable provisions of the Contract Documents, and the Contractor shall proceed promptly, unless otherwise provided in the Change Order, Construction Change Directive or order for a minor change in the Work. § 7.1.4 Regardless of any language to the contrary in the Contract Documents, including within this Article 7, Contractor understands that the Contract Documents, including the plans and specifications, are intended to be clear and complete as to Contractor’s Scope of Work. Owner will not entertain, and shall not pay, any claims for alleged changes in or additions to the Work without Contractor first providing clear written notice of its position that such work is extra before proceeding with such work, and without Contractor first receiving a signed Change Order or Constructive Change Directive in advance of beginning to perform such work. Contractor agrees that this is a material provision of the Contract Documents that is not subject to waiver by actions or Owner, Architect, or their representatives. If Contractor performs any additional work on the Project without first receiving written and signed Change Order or Constructive Change Directive, then Contractor agrees that it shall performed such work as a volunteer and that it shall not be entitled to any adjustment or increase in Contract Sum or Contract Time for the same. § 7.2 CHANGE ORDERS § 7.2.1 A Change Order is a written instrument prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner, Contractor and Architect stating their agreement upon all of the following:

.1 The change in the Work;

.2 The amount of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum; and

.3 The extent of the adjustment, if any, in the Contract Time. § 7.2.2 For any change in the Contract Sum greater than $500, the Contractor shall provide a complete itemization of costs including labor, materials and subcontractors. Subcontractors must also be itemized. § 7.2.3 Allowances for overhead and profit on Change Orders which increase the Contract Sum shall comply with Section 7.5. § 7.3 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES § 7.3.1 A Construction Change Directive is a written order prepared by the Architect and signed by the Owner and Architect, directing a change in the Work prior to agreement on adjustment, if any, in the Contract Sum or Contract Time, or both. The Owner may by Construction Change Directive, without invalidating the Contract, order changes in the Work within the general scope of the Contract consisting of additions, deletions or other revisions, the Contract Sum and Contract Time being adjusted accordingly. § 7.3.2 A Construction Change Directive shall be used in the absence of total agreement on the terms of a Change Order. § 7.3.3 If the Construction Change Directive provides for an adjustment to the Contract Sum, the adjustment shall be based on one of the following methods:

.1 Mutual acceptance of a lump sum properly itemized and supported by sufficient substantiating data to permit evaluation;

.2 Unit prices stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon;

.3 Cost to be determined in a manner agreed upon by the parties and a mutually acceptable fixed or percentage fee; or

.4 As provided in Section 7.3.7.

Init.

/


24

§ 7.3.4 If unit prices are stated in the Contract Documents or subsequently agreed upon, and if quantities originally contemplated are materially changed in a proposed Change Order or Construction Change Directive so that application of such unit prices to quantities of Work proposed will cause substantial inequity to the Owner or Contractor, the applicable unit prices shall be equitably adjusted. § 7.3.5 Upon receipt of a Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall promptly proceed with the change in the Work involved and advise the Architect of the Contractor’s agreement or disagreement with the method, if any, provided in the Construction Change Directive for determining the proposed adjustment in the Contract Sum or Contract Time. § 7.3.6 A Construction Change Directive signed by the Contractor indicates the Contractor’s agreement therewith, including adjustment in Contract Sum and Contract Time or the method for determining them. Such agreement shall be effective immediately and shall be recorded as a Change Order. § 7.3.7 If the Contractor does not respond promptly or disagrees with the method for adjustment in the Contract Sum, the Architect shall determine the method and the adjustment on the basis of reasonable expenditures and savings of those performing the Work attributable to the change, including, in case of an increase in the Contract Sum, an amount for overhead and profit as set forth in Section 7.5. . In such case, and also under Section 7.3.3.3, the Contractor shall keep and present, in such form as the Architect may prescribe, an itemized accounting together with appropriate supporting data. Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, costs for the purposes of this Section 7.3.7 shall be limited to the following:

.1 Costs of labor, including social security, old age and unemployment insurance, fringe benefits required by agreement or custom, and workers’ compensation insurance;

.2 Costs of materials, supplies and equipment, including cost of transportation, whether incorporated or consumed;

.3 Rental costs of machinery and equipment, exclusive of hand tools, whether rented from the Contractor or others;

.4 Costs of premiums for all bonds and insurance, permit fees, and sales, use or similar taxes related to the Work; and

.5 Additional costs of supervision and field office personnel directly attributable to the change. § 7.3.8 The amount of credit to be allowed by the Contractor to the Owner for a deletion or change that results in a net decrease in the Contract Sum shall be actual net cost as confirmed by the Architect. When both additions and credits covering related Work or substitutions are involved in a change, the allowance for overhead and profit shall be figured on the basis of net increase, if any, with respect to that change. § 7.3.9 Pending final determination of the total cost of a Construction Change Directive to the Owner, the Contractor may request payment for Work completed under the Construction Change Directive in Applications for Payment. The Architect will make an interim determination for purposes of monthly certification for payment for those costs and certify for payment the amount that the Architect determines, in the Architect’s professional judgment, to be reasonably justified. The Architect’s interim determination of cost shall adjust the Contract Sum on the same basis as a Change Order, subject to the right of either party to disagree and assert a Claim in accordance with Article 15. § 7.3.10 When the Owner and Contractor agree with a determination made by the Architect concerning the adjustments in the Contract Sum and Contract Time, or otherwise reach agreement upon the adjustments, such agreement shall be effective immediately and the Architect will prepare a Change Order. Change Orders may be issued for all or any part of a Construction Change Directive. § 7.4 MINOR CHANGES IN THE WORK The Architect has authority to order minor changes in the Work not involving adjustment in the Contract Sum or extension of the Contract Time and not inconsistent with the intent of the Contract Documents. Such changes will be effected by written order signed by the Architect and shall be binding on the Owner and Contractor. § 7.5 ALLOWANCES FOR OVERHEAD AND PROFIT § 7.5.1 The maximum allowance for overhead and profit for Change Order and Construction Change Directives which increase the Contract Sum shall be based on the following schedule:

Init.

/


25

.1. To the Contractor, for work performed by the Contractor’s own forces: 10% of the cost

.2 To the Contractor, for work performed by the Contractor’s Subcontractor: 5% of the amount due the subcontractor.

.3 To each Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, for work performed by their own forces: 10% of the cost

.4 To each Subcontractor, for work performed by their sub-subcontractor: 5% of the amount due the Sub-Subcontractor

§ 7.5.2 Costs to which an allowance for overhead and profit may be applied are those identified in sections 7.3.7.1 through 7.3.7.5, except that an allowance for overhead and profit is not allowed on sales tax or bond premiums. ARTICLE 8 TIME § 8.1 DEFINITIONS § 8.1.1 Unless otherwise provided, Contract Time is the period of time, including authorized adjustments, allotted in the Contract Documents for Substantial Completion of the Work. § 8.1.2 The date of commencement of the Work is the date established in the Agreement. § 8.1.3 The date of Substantial Completion is the date certified by the Architect in accordance with Section 9.8. § 8.1.4 The term "day" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean calendar day unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.1.5 The term "week" as used in the Contract Documents shall mean seven (7) days unless otherwise specifically defined. § 8.2 PROGRESS AND COMPLETION § 8.2.1 Time limits stated in the Contract Documents are of the essence of the Contract. By executing the Agreement the Contractor confirms that the Contract Time is a reasonable period for performing the Work. § 8.2.2 The Contractor shall not knowingly, except by agreement or instruction of the Owner in writing, prematurely commence operations on the site or elsewhere prior to the effective date of insurance required by Article 11 to be furnished by the Contractor and Owner. The date of commencement of the Work shall not be changed by the effective date of such insurance. § 8.2.3 The Contractor shall proceed expeditiously with adequate forces and shall achieve Substantial Completion within the Contract Time. § 8.3 DELAYS AND EXTENSIONS OF TIME § 8.3.1 If the Contractor is delayed at any time in the commencement or progress of the Work by an act or neglect of the Owner or Architect, or of an employee of either, or of a separate contractor employed by the Owner; or by changes ordered in the Work; or by labor disputes, fire, unusual delay in deliveries, unavoidable casualties or other causes beyond the Contractor’s control; or by delay authorized by the Owner pending mediation and arbitration; or by other causes that the Architect determines may justify delay, then the Contract Time shall be extended by Change Order for such reasonable time as the Architect may determine. § 8.3.2 Claims relating to time shall be made in accordance with applicable provisions of Article 15. § 8.3.3 Except for any additional costs authorized by the Owner in connection with a validly issued Change Order or Construction Change Directive, the Contractor shall not be entitled to claim or receive, any and all delay damages that the Contractor claims that it, or any of its subcontractors, may have incurred as a result of delays in progress of the Work due to the actions or inactions of the Owner or the Architects, or otherwise due to any of the conditions set forth in this Paragraph. This waiver of delay damages is a material term of the Contract Documents and is not subject to waiver or modification through the actions or inactions of the Owner or the Architect.

Init.

/


26

§ 8.3.4 When the Contract Time has been extended, as provided for the section 8.3, such extension of time shall not be considered as a justification of extra compensation to the Contractor for administrative costs, including, but not limited to, home office overhead costs or increased bond and insurance premiums. ARTICLE 9 PAYMENTS AND COMPLETION § 9.1 CONTRACT SUM The Contract Sum is stated in the Agreement and, including authorized adjustments, is the total amount payable by the Owner to the Contractor for performance of the Work under the Contract Documents. § 9.2 SCHEDULE OF VALUES Where the Contract is based on a stipulated sum or Guaranteed Maximum Price, the Contractor shall submit to the Architect, before the first Application for Payment, a schedule of values allocating the entire Contract Sum to the various portions of the Work and prepared in such form and supported by such data to substantiate its accuracy as the Architect may require. This schedule, unless objected to by the Architect, shall be used as a basis for reviewing the Contractor’s Applications for Payment. The Contractor shall provide further breakdown or substantiation of line item costs as requested in order for the Owner to delineate appropriate funding sources for the Work. § 9.3 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT § 9.3.1 The Contractor shall submit monthly to the Architect an itemized Application for Payment prepared in accordance with the schedule of values, if required under Section 9.2, for completed portions of the Work. Such application shall be notarized, if required, and supported by such data substantiating the Contractor’s right to payment as the Owner or Architect may require, such as copies of requisitions from Subcontractor s and material suppliers, and shall reflect retainage required in Section 9.3. § 9.3.1.1 As provided in Section 7.3.9, such applications may include requests for payment on account of changes in the Work that have been properly authorized by Construction Change Directives, or by interim determinations of the Architect, but not yet included in Change Orders. § 9.3.1.2 Applications for Payment shall not include requests for payment for portions of the Work for which the Contractor does not intend to pay a Subcontractor or material supplier, unless such Work has been performed by others whom the Contractor intends to pay. § 9.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, payments shall be made on account of materials and equipment delivered and suitably stored at the site for subsequent incorporation in the Work. If approved in advance by the Owner, payment may similarly be made for materials and equipment suitably stored off the site at a location agreed upon in writing. Payment for materials and equipment stored on or off the site shall be conditioned upon compliance by the Contractor with procedures satisfactory to the Owner to establish the Owner’s title to such materials and equipment or otherwise protect the Owner’s interest, and shall include the costs of applicable insurance, storage and transportation to the site for such materials and equipment stored off the site. § 9.3.3 The Contractor warrants that title to all Work covered by an Application for Payment will pass to the Owner no later than the time of payment. The Contractor further warrants that upon submittal of an Application for Payment all Work for which Certificates for Payment have been previously issued and payments received from the Owner shall, to the best of the Contractor’s knowledge, information and belief, be free and clear of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances in favor of the Contractor, Subcontractors, material suppliers, or other persons or entities making a claim by reason of having provided labor, materials and equipment relating to the Work. § 9.3.4 The Owner shall retain 5% of the value of the Work completed to date. § 9.3.5 Upon Substantial Completion, the receipt of Consent of Surety and with the Owner’s prior written permission, the retainage amount may be reduced to 2%. Payment of the final 2% of retainage shall not be made prior to receipt of all properly completed, approved, and required closeout documents. § 9.4 CERTIFICATES FOR PAYMENT § 9.4.1 The Architect will, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, either issue to the Owner a Certificate for Payment, with a copy to the Contractor, for such amount as the Architect determines is

Init.

/


27

properly due, or notify the Contractor and Owner in writing of the Architect’s reasons for withholding certification in whole or in part as provided in Section 9.5.1. § 9.4.2 The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will constitute a representation by the Architect to the Owner, based on the Architect’s evaluation of the Work and the data comprising the Application for Payment, that, to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, the Work has progressed to the point indicated and that the quality of the Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents. The foregoing representations are subject to an evaluation of the Work for conformance with the Contract Documents upon Substantial Completion, to results of subsequent tests and inspections, to correction of minor deviations from the Contract Documents prior to completion and to specific qualifications expressed by the Architect. The issuance of a Certificate for Payment will further constitute a representation that the Contractor is entitled to payment in the amount certified. However, the issuance of a Certificate for Payment will not be a representation that the Architect has (1) made exhaustive or continuous on-site inspections to check the quality or quantity of the Work, (2) reviewed construction means, methods, techniques, sequences or procedures, (3) reviewed copies of requisitions received from Subcontractors and material suppliers and other data requested by the Owner to substantiate the Contractor’s right to payment, or (4) made examination to ascertain how or for what purpose the Contractor has used money previously paid on account of the Contract Sum. § 9.5 DECISIONS TO WITHHOLD CERTIFICATION § 9.5.1 The Architect may withhold a Certificate for Payment in whole or in part, to the extent reasonably necessary to protect the Owner, if in the Architect’s opinion the representations to the Owner required by Section 9.4.2 cannot be made. If the Architect is unable to certify payment in the amount of the Application, the Architect will notify the Contractor and Owner as provided in Section 9.4.1. If the Contractor and Architect cannot agree on a revised amount, the Architect will promptly issue a Certificate for Payment for the amount for which the Architect is able to make such representations to the Owner. The Architect may also withhold a Certificate for Payment or, because of subsequently discovered evidence, may nullify the whole or a part of a Certificate for Payment previously issued, to such extent as may be necessary in the Architect’s opinion to protect the Owner from loss for which the Contractor is responsible, including loss resulting from acts and omissions described in Section 3.3.2, because of

.1 defective Work not remedied;

.2 third party claims filed or reasonable evidence indicating probable filing of such claims unless security acceptable to the Owner is provided by the Contractor;

.3 failure of the Contractor to make payments properly to Subcontractors or for labor, materials or equipment;

.4 reasonable evidence that the Work cannot be completed for the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum;

.5 damage to the Owner or a separate contractor;

.6 reasonable evidence that the Work will not be completed within the Contract Time, and that the unpaid balance would not be adequate to cover actual or liquidated damages for the anticipated delay; or

.7 repeated failure to carry out the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents; or .8 pending submission and approval of Certified Payroll Statements requested by the Owner under Section 9.6; or .9 pending submission of proper affirmative action plan, information, and reports as maybe required under Section 3.1.9.

§ 9.5.2 When the above reasons for withholding certification are removed, certification will be made for amounts previously withheld. § 9.5.3 If the Architect withholds certification for payment under Section 9.5.1.3, the Owner may, at its sole option, issue joint checks to the Contractor and to any Subcontractor or material or equipment suppliers to whom the Contractor failed to make payment for Work properly performed or material or equipment suitably delivered. If the Owner makes payments by joint check, the Owner shall notify the Architect and the Architect will reflect such payment on the next Certificate for Payment. § 9.6 PROGRESS PAYMENTS § 9.6.1 After the Architect has issued a Certificate for Payment, the Owner shall make payment in the manner and within the time provided in the Contract Documents, and shall so notify the Architect.

Init.

/


28

§ 9.6.2 The Contractor shall pay each Subcontractor no later than seven days after receipt of payment from the Owner the amount to which the Subcontractor is entitled, reflecting percentages actually retained from payments to the Contractor on account of the Subcontractor’s portion of the Work. The Contractor shall, by appropriate agreement with each Subcontractor, require each Subcontractor to make payments to Sub-subcontractors in a similar manner. The Contractor is also bound by the terms of Minnesota Statute 471.425. § 9.6.3 The Architect will, on request, furnish to a Subcontractor, if practicable, information regarding percentages of completion or amounts applied for by the Contractor and action taken thereon by the Architect and Owner on account of portions of the Work done by such Subcontractor. § 9.6.4 The Owner has the right to request written evidence from the Contractor that the Contractor has properly paid Subcontractors and material and equipment suppliers amounts paid by the Owner to the Contractor for subcontracted Work. If the Contractor fails to furnish such evidence within seven days, the Owner shall have the right to contact Subcontractors to ascertain whether they have been properly paid. Neither the Owner nor Architect shall have an obligation to pay or to see to the payment of money to a Subcontractor, except as may otherwise be required by law. § 9.6.5 Contractor payments to material and equipment suppliers shall be treated in a manner similar to that provided in Sections 9.6.2, 9.6.3 and 9.6.4. § 9.6.6 A Certificate for Payment, a progress payment, or partial or entire use or occupancy of the Project by the Owner shall not constitute acceptance of Work not in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.6.7 Unless the Contractor provides the Owner with a payment bond in the full penal sum of the Contract Sum, payments received by the Contractor for Work properly performed by Subcontractors and suppliers shall be held by the Contractor for those Subcontractors or suppliers who performed Work or furnished materials, or both, under contract with the Contractor for which payment was made by the Owner. Nothing contained herein shall require money to be placed in a separate account and not commingled with money of the Contractor, shall create any fiduciary liability or tort liability on the part of the Contractor for breach of trust or shall entitle any person or entity to an award of punitive damages against the Contractor for breach of the requirements of this provision. § 9.6.8 The Owner may request, at any time during the project, that the Contractor provide Certified Payroll Statements.

.1 Upon such request the Contractor shall, within 7 days, provide Certified Payroll Statements for all labor provided to date then weekly for the duration of the Work. Certified Payroll Statements shall be submitted to the Architect. Current and future Certification for Payments shall be withheld, and interest thereon shall not accrue, until Certified Payroll Statements have been submitted and approved. . 2 Certified Payroll Statements shall include at a minimum a listing of all personnel by name, including supervisors; Social Security account numbers; hours worked, rates of pay, including fringes and gross total pay. Certified Payroll Statements shall be notarized and signed by an officer of the Contractor. Verification for payment/escrow, Federal/State withholding shall be submitted in the form of a receipt of deposit made to a dedicated account at a banking institution. . 3 lf required, the submission of proper Certified Payroll Statements is an absolute condition precedent to the Contractor’s right to receive any progress payments or final payment. .4 Certified Payroll Statements shall be submitted on current U.S. Department of Labor forms.

§ 9.7 FAILURE OF PAYMENT If the Architect does not issue a Certificate for Payment, through no fault of the Contractor, within seven days after receipt of the Contractor’s Application for Payment, or if the Owner does not pay the Contractor within seven days after the date established in the Contract Documents the amount certified by the Architect or awarded by binding dispute resolution, then the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ written notice to the Owner and Architect, stop the Work until payment of the amount owing has been received. The Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased by the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable costs of shut-down, delay and start-up, plus interest as provided for in the Contract Documents.

Init.

/


29

§ 9.8 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 9.8.1 Substantial Completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the Work or designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended use. § 9.8.2 When the Contractor considers that the Work, or a portion thereof which the Owner agrees to accept separately, is substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Architect a comprehensive list of items to be completed or corrected prior to final payment. Failure to include an item on such list does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. § 9.8.3 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s list, the Architect will make an inspection to determine whether the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete. If the Architect’s inspection discloses any item, whether or not included on the Contractor’s list, which is not sufficiently complete in accordance with the Contract Documents so that the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work or designated portion thereof for its intended use, the Contractor shall, before issuance of the Certificate of Substantial Completion, complete or correct such item upon notification by the Architect. In such case, the Contractor shall then submit a request for another inspection by the Architect to determine Substantial Completion. § 9.8.4 When the Work or designated portion thereof is substantially complete, the Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion that shall establish the date of Substantial Completion, shall establish responsibilities of the Owner and Contractor for security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and shall fix the time within which the Contractor shall finish all items on the list accompanying the Certificate. Warranties required by the Contract Documents shall commence on the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Substantial Completion. § 9.8.5 The Certificate of Substantial Completion shall be submitted to the Owner and Contractor for their written acceptance of responsibilities assigned to them in such Certificate. Upon such acceptance and consent of surety, if any, the Owner shall make payment of retainage applying to such Work or designated portion thereof. Such payment shall be adjusted for Work that is incomplete or not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 9.8.6 The Architect shall make one Substantial Completion inspection and one Final Completion inspection. If additional inspections are required due to the Contractor’s failure to complete previously listed corrective or incomplete work, the Architect’s expense for conducting such reinspections along with related time for processing, reviewing and reinspecting shall be charged to the Contractor. Such payment shall be invoiced directly to the Contractor by the Architect, or with the Owner’s consent, may be accomplished by Change Order or Construction Change Directive. At the Owner’s discretion, such charges may, but need not, also be deducted from the retainage and final payment due the Contractor.

§ 9.9 PARTIAL OCCUPANCY OR USE § 9.9.1 The Owner may occupy or use any completed or partially completed portion of the Work at any stage when such portion is designated by separate agreement with the Contractor, provided such occupancy or use is consented to by the insurer as required under Section 11.3.1.5 and authorized by public authorities having jurisdiction over the Project. Such partial occupancy or use may commence whether or not the portion is substantially complete, provided the Owner and Contractor have accepted in writing the responsibilities assigned to each of them for payments, retainage, if any, security, maintenance, heat, utilities, damage to the Work and insurance, and have agreed in writing concerning the period for correction of the Work and commencement of warranties required by the Contract Documents. When the Contractor considers a portion substantially complete, the Contractor shall prepare and submit a list to the Architect as provided under Section 9.8.2. Consent of the Contractor to partial occupancy or use shall not be unreasonably withheld. The stage of the progress of the Work shall be determined by written agreement between the Owner and Contractor or, if no agreement is reached, by decision of the Architect. § 9.9.2 Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or use, the Owner, Contractor and Architect shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in order to determine and record the condition of the Work. § 9.9.3 Unless otherwise agreed upon, partial occupancy or use of a portion or portions of the Work shall not constitute acceptance of Work not complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents.

Init.

/


30

§ 9.10 FINAL COMPLETION AND FINAL PAYMENT § 9.10.1 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice that the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance and upon receipt of a final Application for Payment, the Architect will promptly make such inspection and, when the Architect finds the Work acceptable under the Contract Documents and the Contract fully performed, the Architect will promptly issue a final Certificate for Payment stating that to the best of the Architect’s knowledge, information and belief, and on the basis of the Architect’s on-site visits and inspections, the Work has been completed in accordance with terms and conditions of the Contract Documents and that the entire balance found to be due the Contractor and noted in the final Certificate is due and payable. The Architect’s final Certificate for Payment will constitute a further representation that conditions listed in Section 9.10.2 as precedent to the Contractor’s being entitled to final payment have been fulfilled. § 9.10.2 Neither final payment nor any remaining retained percentage shall become due until the Contractor submits to the Architect; (1) an affidavit that payrolls, bills for materials and equipment, and other indebtedness connected with the Work for which the Owner or the Owner’s property might be responsible or encumbered (less amounts withheld by Owner) have been paid or otherwise satisfied; (2) a certificate evidencing that insurance required by the Contract Documents to remain in force after final payment is currently in effect and will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner; (3) a written statement that the Contractor knows of no substantial reason that the insurance will not be renewable to cover the period required by the Contract Documents; (4) consent of surety, if any, to final payment; and (5), if required by the Owner, other data establishing payment or satisfaction of obligations, such as receipts, releases and waivers of liens, claims, security interests or encumbrances arising out of the Contract, to the extent and in such form as may be designated by the Owner. If a Subcontractor refuses to furnish a release or waiver required by the Owner, the Contractor may furnish a bond satisfactory to the Owner to indemnity the Owner against such lien. If such lien remains unsatisfied after payments are made, the Contractor shall refund to the Owner all money that the Owner may be compelled to pay in discharging such lien, including all costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees. Additionally, final payment, or any remaining retainage, shall not become due until the Contractor further complies with all other requirements and obligations under the Contract. § 9.10.3 If, after Substantial Completion of the Work, final completion thereof is materially delayed through no fault of the Contractor or by issuance of Change Orders affecting final completion, and the Architect so confirms, the Owner shall, upon application by the Contractor and certification by the Architect, and without terminating the Contract, make payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted. If the remaining balance for Work not fully completed or corrected is less than retainage stipulated in the Contract Documents, and if bonds have been furnished, the written consent of surety to payment of the balance due for that portion of the Work fully completed and accepted shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Architect prior to certification of such payment. Such payment shall be made under terms and conditions governing final payment, except that it shall not constitute a waiver of claims. § 9.10.4 (Paragraphs deleted) Acceptance of final payment by the Contractor, a Subcontractor or material supplier shall constitute a waiver of claims by that payee except those previously made in writing and identified by that payee as unsettled at the time of final Application for Payment. This waiver of claims through acceptance of final payment is not subject to waiver or modification by the actions or inactions of the Owner or Architect. (Paragraph deleted) ARTICLE 10 PROTECTION OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.1 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS AND PROGRAMS The Contractor shall be responsible for initiating, maintaining and supervising all safety precautions and programs in connection with the performance of the Contract. § 10.2 SAFETY OF PERSONS AND PROPERTY § 10.2.1 The Contractor shall take reasonable precautions for safety of, and shall provide reasonable protection to prevent damage, injury or loss to

.1 employees on the Work and other persons who may be affected thereby;

Init.

/


31

.2 the Work and materials and equipment to be incorporated therein, whether in storage on or off the site, under care, custody or control of the Contractor or the Contractor’s Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors; and

.3 other property at the site or adjacent thereto, such as trees, shrubs, lawns, walks, pavements, roadways, structures and utilities not designated for removal, relocation or replacement in the course of construction.

§ 10.2.2 The Contractor shall comply with and give notices required by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, and lawful orders of public authorities bearing on safety of persons or property or their protection from damage, injury or loss. § 10.2.3 The Contractor shall erect and maintain, as required by existing conditions and performance of the Contract, reasonable safeguards for safety and protection, including posting danger signs and other warnings against hazards, promulgating safety regulations and notifying owners and users of adjacent sites and utilities. § 10.2.4 When use or storage of explosives or other hazardous materials or equipment or unusual methods are necessary for execution of the Work, the Contractor shall exercise utmost care and carry on such activities under supervision of properly qualified personnel. § 10.2.5 The Contractor shall promptly remedy damage and loss (other than damage or loss insured under property insurance required by the Contract Documents) to property referred to in Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3 caused in whole or in part by the Contractor, a Subcontractor, a Sub-subcontractor, or anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts they may be liable and for which the Contractor is responsible under Sections 10.2.1.2 and 10.2.1.3, except damage or loss attributable to acts or omissions of the Owner or Architect or anyone directly or indirectly employed by either of them, or by anyone for whose acts either of them may be liable, and not attributable to the fault or negligence of the Contractor. The foregoing obligations of the Contractor are in addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18. § 10.2.6 The Contractor shall designate a responsible member of the Contractor’s organization at the site whose duty shall be the prevention of accidents. This person shall be the Contractor’s superintendent unless otherwise designated by the Contractor in writing to the Owner and Architect. § 10.2.7 The Contractor shall not permit any part of the construction or site to be loaded so as to cause damage or create an unsafe condition. (Paragraphs deleted) § 10.2.8 The Contractor must exercise care to ensure that infringement on adjoining property is avoided in the process of the Work under this Contract. Any damage to or displacement of, site components resulting from infringement on adjoining property must be remedied immediately to the satisfaction of the Owner, or its agents, by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. § 10.2.9 INJURY OR DAMAGE TO PERSON OR PROPERTY If either party suffers injury or damage to person or property because of an act or omission of the other party, or of others for whose acts such party is legally responsible, written notice of such injury or damage, whether or not insured, shall be given to the other party within a reasonable time not exceeding 21 days after discovery. The notice shall provide sufficient detail to enable the other party to investigate the matter. § 10.3 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS § 10.3.1 The Contractor is responsible for compliance with any requirements included in the Contract Documents regarding hazardous materials. If the Contractor encounters a hazardous material or substance not addressed in the Contract Documents and if reasonable precautions will be inadequate to prevent foreseeable bodily injury or death to persons resulting from a material or substance, including but not limited to asbestos or polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), encountered on the site by the Contractor, the Contractor shall, upon recognizing the condition, immediately stop Work in the affected area and report the condition to the Owner and Architect in writing. § 10.3.2 Upon receipt of the Contractor’s written notice, the Owner shall obtain the services of a licensed laboratory to verify the presence or absence of the material or substance reported by the Contractor and, in the event such material or

Init.

/


32

substance is found to be present, to cause it to be rendered harmless. Unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall furnish in writing to the Contractor and Architect the names and qualifications of persons or entities who are to perform tests verifying the presence or absence of such material or substance or who are to perform the task of removal or safe containment of such material or substance. The Contractor and the Architect will promptly reply to the Owner in writing stating whether or not either has reasonable objection to the persons or entities proposed by the Owner. If either the Contractor or Architect has an objection to a person or entity proposed by the Owner, the Owner shall propose another to whom the Contractor and the Architect have no reasonable objection. When the material or substance has been rendered harmless, Work in the affected area shall resume upon written agreement of the Owner and Contractor. By Change Order, the Contract Time shall be extended appropriately and the Contract Sum shall be increased in the amount of the Contractor’s reasonable additional costs of shut-down, delay and start-up. § 10.3.3 To the fullest extent permitted by law, the Owner shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor, Subcontractors, Architect, Architect’s consultants and agents and employees of any of them from and against claims, damages, losses and expenses, including but not limited to attorneys’ fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the Work in the affected area if in fact the material or substance presents the risk of bodily injury or death as described in Section 10.3.1 and has not been rendered harmless, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death, or to injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the Work itself), except to the extent that such damage, loss or expense is due to the fault or negligence of the party seeking indemnity. § 10.3.4 The Owner shall not be responsible under this Section 10.3 for materials or substances the Contractor brings to the site unless such materials or substances are required by the Contract Documents. The Owner shall be responsible for materials or substances required by the Contract Documents, except to the extent of the Contractor’s fault or negligence in the use and handling of such materials or substances. § 10.3.5 The Contractor shall indemnify the Owner for the cost and expense the Owner incurs (1) for remediation of a material or substance the Contractor brings to the site and negligently handles, or (2) where the Contractor fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.3.1, except to the extent that the cost and expense are due to the Owner’s fault or negligence. § 10.3.6 If, without negligence on the part of the Contractor, the Contractor is held liable by a government agency for the cost of remediation of a hazardous material or substance solely by reason of performing Work as required by the Contract Documents, the Owner shall indemnify the Contractor for all cost and expense thereby incurred. § 10.4 EMERGENCIES In an emergency affecting safety of persons or property, the Contractor shall act, at the Contractor’s discretion, to prevent threatened damage, injury or loss. Additional compensation or extension of time claimed by the Contractor on account of an emergency shall be determined as provided in Article 15 and Article 7. ARTICLE 11 INSURANCE AND BONDS § 11.1 CONTRACTOR’S LIABILITY INSURANCE § 11.1.1 The Contractor shall purchase from and maintain in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located such insurance as will protect the Contractor from claims set forth below which may arise out of or result from the Contractor’s operations and completed operations under the Contract and for which the Contractor may be legally liable, whether such operations be by the Contractor or by a Subcontractor or by anyone directly or indirectly employed by any of them, or by anyone for whose acts any of them may be liable:

.1 Claims under workers’ compensation, disability benefit and other similar employee benefit acts that are applicable to the Work to be performed;

.2 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, occupational sickness or disease, or death of the Contractor’s employees;

.3 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, sickness or disease, or death of any person other than the Contractor’s employees;

.4 Claims for damages insured by usual personal injury liability coverage;

.5 Claims for damages, other than to the Work itself, because of injury to or destruction of tangible property, including loss of use resulting therefrom;

Init.

/


33

.6 Claims for damages because of bodily injury, death of a person or property damage arising out of ownership, maintenance or use of a motor vehicle;

.7 Claims for bodily injury or property damage arising out of completed operations; and

.8 Claims involving contractual liability insurance applicable to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.18.

§ 11.1.2 The insurance required by Section 11.1.1 shall be written for not less than limits of liability specified in the Contract Documents or required by law, whichever coverage is greater. Coverages, whether written on an occurrence or claims-made basis, shall be maintained without interruption from the date of commencement of the Work until the date of final payment and termination of any coverage required to be maintained after final payment, and, with respect to the Contractor’s completed operations coverage, until the expiration of the period for correction of Work or for such other period for maintenance of completed operations coverage as specified in the Contract Documents. § 11.1.3 Certificates of insurance acceptable to the Owner shall be filed with the Owner prior to commencement of the Work and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of each required policy of insurance. These certificates and the insurance policies required by this Section 11.1 shall contain a provision that coverages afforded under the policies will not be canceled or allowed to expire until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Owner. An additional certificate evidencing continuation of liability coverage, including coverage for completed operations, shall be submitted with the final Application for Payment as required by Section 9.10.2 and thereafter upon renewal or replacement of such coverage until the expiration of the time required by Section 11.1.2. Information concerning reduction of coverage on account of revised limits or claims paid under the General Aggregate, or both, shall be furnished by the Contractor with reasonable promptness. § 11.1.4 The Contractor shall cause the commercial liability coverage required by the Contract Documents to include (1) the Owner, the Architect and the Architect’s consultants as additional insureds for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor’s operations; and (2) the Owner as an additional insured for claims caused in whole or in part by the Contractor’s negligent acts or omissions during the Contractor’s completed operations. § 11.1.5 When special or unusual hazards peculiar to the Work are foreseeable, the Contractor shall take steps to be insured against such hazards and be responsible for any damage, including water damage, which may result from the presence or occurrence of such hazards in collection with the Work § 11.1.6 The Contractor shall purchase and maintain insurance coverage in accordance with the following minimum standards.

.1 Worker’s Compensation Statutory State: Statutory Applicable Federal (Longshoreman’s): Statutory

.2 Comprehensive and Commercial Liability (including Premised-Operations; Independent Contractor’s Protective; Products and Completed Operations; Broad Form Property Damage):

Bodily Injury per Occurrence $1,500,000 Aggregate $1,500,000

Property Damage per Occurrence $1,500,000 Aggregate $1,500,000

Products and Completed Operations to be maintained for one year after final payment Property Damage Liability Insurance shall provide X, C, and U coverage.

.3 Contractual Liability: Bodily Injury per Occurrence $1,200,000 Property Damage per Occurrence $1,500,000

Aggregate $1,200,000

.4 Personal Injury with Employment Exclusion Deleted: Aggregate $1,200,000

.5 Comprehensive Automobile Liability:

Init.

/


34

Bodily Injury per Person $1,200,000 Per Occurrence $1,200,000

Property Damage per Occurrence $1,000,000 Personal Injury Protection Statutory Uninsured Motorists per person $ 25,000

Per Occurrence $ 50,000 .6 Umbrella Excess Liability per Occurrence $2,000,000 § 11.2 OWNER’S LIABILITY INSURANCE The Owner shall be responsible for purchasing and maintaining the Owner’s usual liability insurance. § 11.3 PROPERTY INSURANCE § 11.3.1 Unless otherwise provided, the Owner shall purchase and maintain, in a company or companies lawfully authorized to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Project is located, property insurance written on a builder’s risk "all-risk" or equivalent policy form in the amount of the initial Contract Sum, plus value of subsequent Contract Modifications and cost of materials supplied or installed by others, comprising total value for the entire Project at the site on a replacement cost basis without optional deductibles. Such property insurance shall be maintained, unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents or otherwise agreed in writing by all persons and entities who are beneficiaries of such insurance, until final payment has been made as provided in Section 9.10 or until no person or entity other than the Owner has an insurable interest in the property required by this Section 11.3 to be covered, whichever is later. This insurance shall include interests of the Owner, the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Project. § 11.3.1.1 Property insurance shall be on an "all-risk" or equivalent policy form and shall include, without limitation, insurance against the perils of fire (with extended coverage) and physical loss or damage including, without duplication of coverage, theft, vandalism, malicious mischief, collapse, earthquake, flood, windstorm, falsework, testing and startup, temporary buildings and debris removal including demolition occasioned by enforcement of any applicable legal requirements, and shall cover reasonable compensation for Architect’s and Contractor’s services and expenses required as a result of such insured loss. § 11.3.1.2 If the Owner does not intend to purchase such property insurance required by the Contract and with all of the coverages in the amount described above, the Owner shall so inform the Contractor in writing prior to commencement of the Work. The Contractor may then effect insurance that will protect the interests of the Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and by appropriate Change Order the cost thereof shall be charged to the Owner. If the Contractor is damaged by the failure or neglect of the Owner to purchase or maintain insurance as described above, without so notifying the Contractor in writing, then the Owner shall bear all reasonable costs properly attributable thereto. § 11.3.1.3 If the property insurance requires deductibles, the Owner shall pay costs not covered because of such deductibles. § 11.3.1.4 This property insurance shall cover portions of the Work stored off the site, and also portions of the Work in transit. § 11.3.1.5 Partial occupancy or use in accordance with Section 9.9 shall not commence until the insurance company or companies providing property insurance have consented to such partial occupancy or use by endorsement or otherwise. The Owner and the Contractor shall take reasonable steps to obtain consent of the insurance company or companies and shall, without mutual written consent, take no action with respect to partial occupancy or use that would cause cancellation, lapse or reduction of insurance. § 11.3.2 BOILER AND MACHINERY INSURANCE The Owner shall purchase and maintain boiler and machinery insurance required by the Contract Documents or by law, which shall specifically cover such insured objects during installation and until final acceptance by the Owner; this insurance shall include interests of the Owner, Contractor, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in the Work, and the Owner and Contractor shall be named insureds.

Init.

/


35

§ 11.3.3 LOSS OF USE INSURANCE The Owner, at the Owner’s option, may purchase and maintain such insurance as will insure the Owner against loss of use of the Owner’s property due to fire or other hazards, however caused. The Owner waives all rights of action against the Contractor for loss of use of the Owner’s property, including consequential losses due to fire or other hazards however caused. § 11.3.4 If the Contractor requests in writing that insurance for risks other than those described herein or other special causes of loss be included in the property insurance policy, the Owner shall, if possible, include such insurance, and the cost thereof shall be charged to the Contractor by appropriate Change Order. § 11.3.5 If during the Project construction period the Owner insures properties, real or personal or both, at or adjacent to the site by property insurance under policies separate from those insuring the Project, or if after final payment property insurance is to be provided on the completed Project through a policy or policies other than those insuring the Project during the construction period, the Owner shall waive all rights in accordance with the terms of Section 11.3.7 for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss covered by this separate property insurance. All separate policies shall provide this waiver of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. § 11.3.6 Before an exposure to loss may occur, the Owner shall file with the Contractor a copy of each policy that includes insurance coverages required by this Section 11.3. Each policy shall contain all generally applicable conditions, definitions, exclusions and endorsements related to this Project. Each policy shall contain a provision that the policy will not be canceled or allowed to expire, and that its limits will not be reduced, until at least 30 days’ prior written notice has been given to the Contractor. § 11.3.7 WAIVERS OF SUBROGATION The Owner and Contractor waive all rights against (1) each other and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, each of the other, and (2) the Architect, Architect’s consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and any of their subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees, for damages caused by fire or other causes of loss to the extent covered by property insurance obtained pursuant to this Section 11.3 or other property insurance applicable to the Work, except such rights as they have to proceeds of such insurance held by the Owner as fiduciary. The Owner or Contractor, as appropriate, shall require of the Architect, Architect’s consultants, separate contractors described in Article 6, if any, and the subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, agents and employees of any of them, by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, similar waivers each in favor of other parties enumerated herein. The policies shall provide such waivers of subrogation by endorsement or otherwise. A waiver of subrogation shall be effective as to a person or entity even though that person or entity would otherwise have a duty of indemnification, contractual or otherwise, did not pay the insurance premium directly or indirectly, and whether or not the person or entity had an insurable interest in the property damaged. § 11.3.8 A loss insured under the Owner’s property insurance shall be adjusted by the Owner as fiduciary and made payable to the Owner as fiduciary for the insureds, as their interests may appear, subject to requirements of any applicable mortgagee clause and of Section 11.3.10. The Contractor shall pay Subcontractors their just shares of insurance proceeds received by the Contractor, and by appropriate agreements, written where legally required for validity, shall require Subcontractors to make payments to their Sub-subcontractors in similar manner. § 11.3.9 If required in writing by a party in interest, the Owner as fiduciary shall, upon occurrence of an insured loss, give bond for proper performance of the Owner’s duties. The cost of required bonds shall be charged against proceeds received as fiduciary. The Owner shall deposit in a separate account proceeds so received, which the Owner shall distribute in accordance with such agreement as the parties in interest may reach, or as determined in accordance with the method of binding dispute resolution selected in the Agreement between the Owner and Contractor. If after such loss no other special agreement is made and unless the Owner terminates the Contract for convenience, replacement of damaged property shall be performed by the Contractor after notification of a Change in the Work in accordance with Article 7. § 11.3.10 The Owner as fiduciary shall have power to adjust and settle a loss with insurers unless one of the parties in interest shall object in writing within five days after occurrence of loss to the Owner’s exercise of this power; if such objection is made, the dispute shall be resolved in the manner selected by the Owner and Contractor as the method of binding dispute resolution in the Agreement. If the Owner and Contractor have selected arbitration as the method of

Init.

/


36

binding dispute resolution, the Owner as fiduciary shall make settlement with insurers or, in the case of a dispute over distribution of insurance proceeds, in accordance with the directions of the arbitrators. § 11.4 PERFORMANCE BOND AND PAYMENT BOND § 11.4.1 The Contractor shall furnish bonds covering faithful performance of the Contract and payment of obligations arising thereunder as stipulated in bidding requirements or specifically required in the Contract Documents on the date of execution of the Contract. § 11.4.2 Upon the request of any person or entity appearing to be a potential beneficiary of bonds covering payment of obligations arising under the Contract, the Contractor shall promptly furnish a copy of the bonds or shall authorize a copy to be furnished. § 11.5 DAMAGES NOT COVERED BY INSURANCE Damages caused by the Contractor’s employees and/or subcontractors, which are not covered by the Contractor’s insurance (i.e. the difference between the replacement value and the depreciated value of property, furnishings, books and equipment) shall be covered by the Contractor. All such costs not covered by insurance may be subject to adjustment by way of Change Order or Construction Change Directive and deducted from any further payments, including final payment and retainage otherwise due the Contractor. ARTICLE 12 UNCOVERING AND CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.1 UNCOVERING OF WORK § 12.1.1 If a portion of the Work is covered contrary to the Architect’s request or to requirements specifically expressed in the Contract Documents, it must, if requested in writing by the Architect, be uncovered for the Architect’s examination and be replaced at the Contractor’s expense without change in the Contract Time. § 12.1.2 If a portion of the Work has been covered that the Architect has not specifically requested to examine prior to its being covered, the Architect may request to see such Work and it shall be uncovered by the Contractor. If such Work is in accordance with the Contract Documents, costs of uncovering and replacement shall, by appropriate Change Order, be at the Owner’s expense. If such Work is not in accordance with the Contract Documents, such costs and the cost of correction shall be at the Contractor’s expense unless the condition was caused by the Owner or a separate contractor in which event the Owner shall be responsible for payment of such costs. § 12.2 CORRECTION OF WORK § 12.2.1 BEFORE OR AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION The Contractor shall promptly correct Work rejected by the Architect or failing to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents, whether discovered before or after Substantial Completion and whether or not fabricated, installed or completed. Costs of correcting such rejected Work, including additional testing and inspections, the cost of uncovering and replacement, and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, shall be at the Contractor’s expense. § 12.2.2 AFTER SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION § 12.2.2.1 In addition to the Contractor’s obligations under Section 3.5, if, within one year after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work or designated portion thereof or after the date for commencement of warranties established under Section 9.9.1, or by terms of an applicable special warranty required by the Contract Documents, any of the Work is found to be not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall correct it promptly after receipt of written notice from the Owner to do so unless the Owner has previously given the Contractor a written acceptance of such condition. The Owner shall give such notice promptly after discovery of the condition. During the one-year period for correction of Work, if the Owner fails to notify the Contractor and give the Contractor an opportunity to make the correction, the Owner waives the rights to require correction by the Contractor and to make a claim for breach of warranty. If the Contractor fails to correct nonconforming Work within a reasonable time during that period after receipt of notice from the Owner or Architect, the Owner may correct it in accordance with Section 2.4. § 12.2.2.2 The one-year period for correction of Work shall be extended with respect to portions of Work first performed after Substantial Completion by the period of time between Substantial Completion and the actual completion of that portion of the Work.

Init.

/


37

§ 12.2.2.3 The one-year period for correction of Work shall not be extended by corrective Work performed by the Contractor pursuant to this Section 12.2. § 12.2.3 The Contractor shall remove from the site portions of the Work that are not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and are neither corrected by the Contractor nor accepted by the Owner. § 12.2.4 The Contractor shall bear the cost of correcting destroyed or damaged construction, whether completed or partially completed, of the Owner or separate contractors caused by the Contractor’s correction or removal of Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. § 12.2.5 Nothing contained in this Section 12.2 shall be construed to establish a period of limitation with respect to other obligations the Contractor has under the Contract Documents. Establishment of the one-year period for correction of Work as described in Section 12.2.2 relates only to the specific obligation of the Contractor to correct the Work, and has no relationship to the time within which the obligation to comply with the Contract Documents may be sought to be enforced, nor to the time within which proceedings may be commenced to establish the Contractor’s liability with respect to the Contractor’s obligations other than specifically to correct the Work. § 12.3 ACCEPTANCE OF NONCONFORMING WORK If the Owner prefers to accept Work that is not in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, the Owner may do so instead of requiring its removal and correction, in which case the Contract Sum will be reduced as appropriate and equitable. Such adjustment shall be effected whether or not final payment has been made. ARTICLE 13 MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS § 13.1 GOVERNING LAW The Contract shall be governed by the law of the place where the Project is located except that, if the parties have selected arbitration as the method of binding dispute resolution, the Federal Arbitration Act shall govern Section 15.4. § 13.2 SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS § 13.2.1 The Owner and Contractor respectively bind themselves, their partners, successors, assigns and legal representatives to covenants, agreements and obligations contained in the Contract Documents. Except as provided in Section 13.2.2, neither party to the Contract shall assign the Contract as a whole without written consent of the other. If either party attempts to make such an assignment without such consent, that party shall nevertheless remain legally responsible for all obligations under the Contract. § 13.2.2 The Owner may, without consent of the Contractor, assign the Contract to a lender providing construction financing for the Project, if the lender assumes the Owner’s rights and obligations under the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall execute all consents reasonably required to facilitate such assignment. § 13.3 WRITTEN NOTICE Written notice shall be deemed to have been duly served if delivered in person to the individual, to a member of the firm or entity, or to an officer of the corporation for which it was intended; or if delivered at, or sent by registered or certified mail or by courier service providing proof of delivery to, the last business address known to the party giving notice. § 13.4 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES § 13.4.1 Duties and obligations imposed by the Contract Documents and rights and remedies available thereunder shall be in addition to and not a limitation of duties, obligations, rights and remedies otherwise imposed or available by law. § 13.4.2 No action or failure to act by the Owner, Architect or Contractor shall constitute a waiver of a right or duty afforded them under the Contract, nor shall such action or failure to act constitute approval of or acquiescence in a breach there under, except as may be specifically agreed in writing. § 13.5 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS § 13.5.1 Tests, inspections and approvals of portions of the Work shall be made as required by the Contract Documents and by applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations or lawful orders of public authorities. Unless otherwise provided, the Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections and

Init.

/


38

approvals with an independent testing laboratory or entity acceptable to the Owner, or with the appropriate public authority, and shall bear all related costs of tests, inspections and approvals. The Contractor shall give the Architect timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. The Owner shall bear costs of (1) tests, inspections or approvals that do not become requirements until after bids are received or negotiations concluded, and (2) tests, inspections or approvals where building codes or applicable laws or regulations prohibit the Owner from delegating their cost to the Contractor. § 13.5.2 If the Architect, Owner or public authorities having jurisdiction determine that portions of the Work require additional testing, inspection or approval not included under Section 13.5.1, the Architect will, upon written authorization from the Owner, instruct the Contractor to make arrangements for such additional testing, inspection or approval by an entity acceptable to the Owner, and the Contractor shall give timely notice to the Architect of when and where tests and inspections are to be made so that the Architect may be present for such procedures. Such costs, except as provided in Section 13.5.3, shall be at the Owner’s expense. § 13.5.3 If such procedures for testing, inspection or approval under Sections 13.5.1 and 13.5.2 reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses shall be at the Contractor’s expense. § 13.5.4 Required certificates of testing, inspection or approval shall, unless otherwise required by the Contract Documents, be secured by the Contractor and promptly delivered to the Architect. § 13.5.5 If the Architect is to observe tests, inspections or approvals required by the Contract Documents, the Architect will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing. § 13.5.6 Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work. § 13.6 INTEREST Undisputed payments due and unpaid under the Contract Documents shall bear interest from the date payment is due at such rate as the parties may agree upon in writing or, in the absence thereof, at the legal rate prevailing from time to time at the place where the Project is located. § 13.7 TIME LIMITS ON CLAIMS The Owner and Contractor shall commence all claims and causes of action, whether in contract, tort, breach of warranty or otherwise, against the other arising out of or related to the Contract in accordance with the requirements of the final dispute resolution method selected in the Agreement within the time period specified by applicable law, but in any case not more than 10 years after the date of Substantial Completion of the Work. The Owner and Contractor waive all claims and causes of action not commenced in accordance with this Section 13.7. § 13.8 OUT OF STATE CONTRACTOR § 13.8.1 Per Minnesota Statute 290.9705, for contracts that exceed $50,000, with each Application for Payment, 8% will be withheld as surety until the Contractor’s obligations for State income, franchise, sales, and use taxes are fulfilled. Allexemption may be considered if:

.1 The Contractor provides a cash surety or a bond, secured by an insurance company licensed by Minnesota, which guarantees compliance with all applicable provisions of Minnesota withholding, sales and corporate income tax laws, or .2 The Contractor has done construction work in Minnesota at any time during the three calendar years prior to entering the Contract and has fully complied with all the provisions of Minnesota withholding, sales and corporate income tax laws for the three years.

ARTICLE 14 TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE CONTRACT § 14.1 TERMINATION BY THE CONTRACTOR § 14.1.1 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if the Work is stopped for a period of 30 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, for any of the following reasons:

Init.

/


39

.1 Issuance of an order of a court or other public authority having jurisdiction that requires all Work to be stopped;

.2 An act of government, such as a declaration of national emergency that requires all Work to be stopped;

.3 Because the Architect has not issued a Certificate for Payment and has not notified the Contractor of the reason for withholding certification as provided in Section 9.4.1, or because the Owner has not made payment on a Certificate for Payment within the time stated in the Contract Documents; or

.4 The Owner has failed to furnish to the Contractor promptly, upon the Contractor’s request, reasonable evidence as required by Section 2.2.1.

§ 14.1.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract if, through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons or entities performing portions of the Work under direct or indirect contract with the Contractor, repeated suspensions, delays or interruptions of the entire Work by the Owner as described in Section 14.3 constitute in the aggregate more than 100 percent of the total number of days scheduled for completion, or 120 days in any 365-day period, whichever is less. § 14.1.3 If one of the reasons described in Section 14.1.1 or 14.1.2 exists, the Contractor may, upon seven days’ written notice to the Owner and Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner payment for Work executed, including reasonable overhead and profit, costs incurred by reason of such termination, and damages. § 14.1.4 If the Work is stopped for a period of 60 consecutive days through no act or fault of the Contractor or a Subcontractor or their agents or employees or any other persons performing portions of the Work under contract with the Contractor because the Owner has repeatedly failed to fulfill the Owner’s obligations under the Contract Documents with respect to matters important to the progress of the Work, the Contractor may, upon seven additional days’ written notice to the Owner and the Architect, terminate the Contract and recover from the Owner as provided in Section 14.1.3. § 14.2 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CAUSE § 14.2.1 The Owner may terminate the Contract if the Contractor

.1 repeatedly refuses or fails to supply enough properly skilled workers or proper materials;

.2 fails to make payment to Subcontractors for materials or labor in accordance with the respective agreements between the Contractor and the Subcontractors;

.3 repeatedly disregards applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, codes, rules and regulations, or lawful orders of a public authority; or

.4 otherwise is guilty of substantial breach of a provision of the Contract Documents. § 14.2.2 When any of the above reasons exist, the Owner, upon certification by the Initial Decision Maker that sufficient cause exists to justify such action, may without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Owner and after giving the Contractor and the Contractor’s surety, if any, seven days’ written notice, terminate employment of the Contractor and may, subject to any prior rights of the surety:

.1 Exclude the Contractor from the site and take possession of all materials, equipment, tools, and construction equipment and machinery thereon owned by the Contractor;

.2 Accept assignment of subcontracts pursuant to Section 5.4; and

.3 Finish the Work by whatever reasonable method the Owner may deem expedient. Upon written request of the Contractor, the Owner shall furnish to the Contractor a detailed accounting of the costs incurred by the Owner in finishing the Work.

§ 14.2.3 When the Owner terminates the Contract for one of the reasons stated in Section 14.2.1, the Contractor shall not be entitled to receive further payment until the Work is finished. § 14.2.4 If the unpaid balance of the Contract Sum exceeds costs of finishing the Work, including compensation for the Architect’s services and expenses made necessary thereby, and other damages incurred by the Owner and not expressly waived, such excess shall be paid to the Contractor. If such costs and damages exceed the unpaid balance, the Contractor shall pay the difference to the Owner. The amount to be paid to the Contractor or Owner, as the case may be, shall be certified by the Initial Decision Maker, upon application, and this obligation for payment shall survive termination of the Contract.

Init.

/


40

§ 14.3 SUSPENSION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.3.1 The Owner may, without cause, order the Contractor in writing to suspend, delay or interrupt the Work in whole or in part for such period of time as the Owner may determine. § 14.3.2 The Contract Sum and Contract Time shall be adjusted for increases in the cost and time caused by suspension, delay or interruption as described in Section 14.3.1. Adjustment of the Contract Sum shall include profit. No adjustment shall be made to the extent

.1 that performance is, was or would have been so suspended, delayed or interrupted by another cause for which the Contractor is responsible; or

.2 that an equitable adjustment is made or denied under another provision of the Contract. § 14.4 TERMINATION BY THE OWNER FOR CONVENIENCE § 14.4.1 The Owner may, at any time, terminate the Contract for the Owner’s convenience and without cause. § 14.4.2 Upon receipt of written notice from the Owner of such termination for the Owner’s convenience, the Contractor shall

.1 cease operations as directed by the Owner in the notice;

.2 take actions necessary, or that the Owner may direct, for the protection and preservation of the Work; and

.3 except for Work directed to be performed prior to the effective date of termination stated in the notice, terminate all existing subcontracts and purchase orders and enter into no further subcontracts and purchase orders.

(Paragraph deleted) ARTICLE 15 CLAIMS AND DISPUTES § 15.1 CLAIMS § 15.1.1 DEFINITION A Claim is a demand or assertion by one of the parties seeking, as a matter of right, payment of money, or other relief with respect to the terms of the Contract. The term "Claim" also includes other disputes and matters in question between the Owner and Contractor arising out of or relating to the Contract. The responsibility to substantiate Claims shall rest with the party making the Claim. § 15.1.2 NOTICE OF CLAIMS Claims by either the Owner or Contractor must be initiated by written notice to the other party and to the Initial Decision Maker with a copy sent to the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker. Claims by either party must be initiated within 21 days after occurrence of the event giving rise to such Claim or within 21 days after the claimant first recognizes the condition giving rise to the Claim, whichever is later. This time frame is absolute and, if not met, shaIl result in a waiver and release of the right of the claiming party to assert such Claim. This requirement is not subject to waiver or modification by the actions or inactions of the Owner or Architect. § 15.1.3 CONTINUING CONTRACT PERFORMANCE Pending final resolution of a Claim, except as otherwise agreed in writing or as provided in Section 9.7 and Article 14, the Contractor shall proceed diligently with performance of the Contract and the Owner shall continue to make payments in accordance with the Contract Documents. The Architect will prepare Change Orders and issue Certificates for Payment in accordance with the decisions of the Initial Decision Maker. § 15.1.4 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COST If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Sum, written notice as provided herein shall be given before proceeding to execute the Work. Prior notice is not required for Claims relating to an emergency endangering life or property arising under Section 10.4. The Contractor specifically waives all rights to make claims for additional costs if it does not provide the written notice prior to proceeding with execution of the Work. This requirement is not subject to waiver or modification by the actions or inactions of the Owner or Architect.

Init.

/


41

§ 15.1.5 CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL TIME § 15.1.5.1 If the Contractor wishes to make a Claim for an increase in the Contract Time, written notice as provided herein shall be given. The Contractor’s Claim shall include an estimate of cost and of probable effect of delay on progress of the Work. In the case of a continuing delay, only one Claim is necessary. § 15.1.5.2 If adverse weather conditions are the basis for a Claim for additional time, such Claim shall be documented by data substantiating that weather conditions were abnormal for the period of time, could not have been reasonably anticipated and had an adverse effect on the scheduled construction. (Paragraphs deleted) § 15.2 INITIAL DECISION § 15.2.1 Claims, excluding those arising under Sections 10.3, 10.4, 11.3.9, and 11.3.10, shall be referred to the Initial Decision Maker for initial decision. The Architect will serve as the Initial Decision Maker, unless otherwise indicated in the Agreement. Except for those Claims excluded by this Section 15.2.1, an initial decision shall be required as a condition precedent to mediation of any Claim arising prior to the date final payment is due, unless 30 days have passed after the Claim has been referred to the Initial Decision Maker with no decision having been rendered. Unless the Initial Decision Maker and all affected parties agree, the Initial Decision Maker will not decide disputes between the Contractor and persons or entities other than the Owner. § 15.2.2 The Initial Decision Maker will review Claims and within ten days of the receipt of a Claim take one or more of the following actions: (1) request additional supporting data from the claimant or a response with supporting data from the other party, (2) reject the Claim in whole or in part, (3) approve the Claim, (4) suggest a compromise, or (5) advise the parties that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim if the Initial Decision Maker lacks sufficient information to evaluate the merits of the Claim or if the Initial Decision Maker concludes that, in the Initial Decision Maker’s sole discretion, it would be inappropriate for the Initial Decision Maker to resolve the Claim. § 15.2.3 In evaluating Claims, the Initial Decision Maker may, but shall not be obligated to, consult with or seek information from either party or from persons with special knowledge or expertise who may assist the Initial Decision Maker in rendering a decision. The Initial Decision Maker may request the Owner to authorize retention of such persons at the Owner’s expense. § 15.2.4 If the Initial Decision Maker requests a party to provide a response to a Claim or to furnish additional supporting data, such party shall respond, within ten days after receipt of such request, and shall either (1) provide a response on the requested supporting data, (2) advise the Initial Decision Maker when the response or supporting data will be furnished or (3) advise the Initial Decision Maker that no supporting data will be furnished. Upon receipt of the response or supporting data, if any, the Initial Decision Maker will either reject or approve the Claim in whole or in part. § 15.2.5 The Initial Decision Maker will render an initial decision approving or rejecting the Claim, or indicating that the Initial Decision Maker is unable to resolve the Claim. This initial decision shall (1) be in writing; (2) state the reasons therefor; and (3) notify the parties and the Architect, if the Architect is not serving as the Initial Decision Maker, of any change in the Contract Sum or Contract Time or both. The initial decision shall be final and binding on the parties but subject to arbitration. § 15.2.6 Either party may file for arbitration of an initial decision at any time, subject to the terms of Section 15.2.6.1, 15.2.6.2 and 15.2.6.3. (Paragraph deleted) § 15.2.6.1 Either party may, within 30 days from the date of the Initial Decision Maker’s initial decision, demand arbitration. The Initial Decision Maker’s written initial decision must state;

.1 The decision is final but subject to arbitration, as provided herein;

. 2 A demand for arbitration of a claim covered by such decision must be made within 30 days from the date of the Initial Decision Maker’s written initial decision.

§ 15.2.6.2 If either party fails to demand arbitration within said 30 day period, the Initial Decision Maker’s written decision becomes final and binding upon the Owner and Contractor. The failure to demand arbitration within said 30

Init.

/


42

day period shall operate as an absolute bar to either party’s right to later demand arbitration, or obtain any other relief with respect to the claim. This 30 day time frame is not subject to waiver of modification by the actions or inactions of the Owner or the Architect, unless said 30 day period is extended by mutual agreement, in writing, and signed by both parties. § 15.2.6.3 If the Initial Decision Maker renders a decision after arbitration proceedings have been initiated, such decision may be entered as evidence, but shall not supersede arbitration proceedings unless the decision is acceptable to all parties concerned. § 15.2.7 In the event of a Claim against the Contractor, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety, if any, of the nature and amount of the Claim. If the Claim relates to a possibility of a Contractor’s default, the Owner may, but is not obligated to, notify the surety and request the surety’s assistance in resolving the controversy. § 15.2.8 If a Claim relates to or is the subject of a mechanic’s lien, the party asserting such Claim may proceed in accordance with applicable law to comply with the lien notice or filing deadlines. (Paragraphs deleted) § 15.4 ARBITRATION § 15.4.1 All reference to "Arbitration" in Section 15.4 shall be considered permissive and not mandatory. The Owner shall, in its sole discretion, have the right and option to enforce any claim it may have against the Contractor, or against any of the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Suppliers or Vendors of the Contractor, through litigation. The Owner shall, in its sole discretion, also have the right and option to refuse to arbitrate any claim brought against Owner by the Contractor, either on Contractors own behalf, or on behalf of any of the Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors, Suppliers or Vendors of Contractor, and demand that such claim be pursued through litigation. In the event the Owner exercises its right and option to refuse to arbitrate a claim brought against the Owner, written notice of such refusal shall be given by Owner to the party making the claim and to any tribunal administering the claim at any time up to and including the date when the Owner is required by any applicable statute, rule or order to respond to such a claim. (Paragraph deleted) § 15.4.2 If the parties have selected arbitration as the method for binding dispute resolution in the Agreement, any Claim shall be subject to arbitration unless the Owner decide to pursue the claim through litigation which, unless the parties mutually agree otherwise, shall be administered by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with its Construction Industry Arbitration Rules in effect on the date of the agreement. A demand for arbitration shall be made in writing, delivered to the other party to the Contract, and filed with the person or entity administering the arbitration. The party filing a notice of demand for arbitration must assert in the demand all Claims then known to that party on which arbitration is permitted to be demanded. (Paragraphs deleted) § 15.4.2.1 A demand for arbitration shall be made no later than the date when the institution of legal or equitable proceedings based on the Claim would be barred by the applicable statute of limitations. § 15.4.3The award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators shall be final, and judgment may be entered upon it in accordance with applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. § 15.4.4 Agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof (Paragraphs deleted) § 15.4.5 CONSOLIDATION OR JOINDER § 15.4.5.1 Limitation or Consideration or Joinder. No arbitration arising out of or relating to the Contract shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, the Architect, the Architect’s employees or consultants, except by written consent containing specific reference to the Agreement and signed by the Architect, Owner, Contractor and any other person or entity sought to be joined. No arbitration shall include, by consolidation or joinder or in any other manner, parties other than the Owner, Contractor, a separate contractor as described in Article 6 and other persons substantially involved in a common

Init.

/


43

question of fact or law whose presence is required if complete relief is to be accorded in arbitration. No person or entity other than the Owner, Contractor or a separate contractor as described in Article 6 shall be included as an original third party or additional third party to an arbitration whose interest or responsibility is insubstantial. Consent to arbitration involving an additional person or entity shall not constitute consent to arbitration of a Claim not described therein or with a person or entity not named or described therein. The foregoing agreement to arbitrate and other agreements to arbitrate with an additional person or entity duly consented to by parties to the Agreement shall be specifically enforceable under applicable law in any court having jurisdiction thereof. (Paragraph deleted)

District Wide Security Camera Project Smoking and Tobacco Policy

00 73 20 - 1

SECTION 00 73 20 SMOKING AND TOBACCO POLICY


A. The following is the Owner’s current policy on smoking and tobacco products. The Contractors and subcontractors must review and conform to the policy's requirements. It will be the Contractor's responsibility to enforce this policy with their personnel, Subcontractors and suppliers while on the Owner’s property.

1.2 POLICY REVISED EFFECTIVE JUNE 17, 2008

A. 414.00 TOBACCO-FREE ENVIRONMENT

1. No person shall use tobacco or tobacco-related devices in any indoor area or upon any grounds or property that is owned, leased or contracted for by the school district. This prohibition extends to all facilities, whether owned, rented or leased, and to all vehicles that the school district owns, leases, rents, contracts for or controls. This prohibition extends to all events and activities sponsored by the Saint Paul Public Schools.

2. No student under age 18 shall possess tobacco or tobacco-related devices in or upon any grounds or property that is owned, leased or contracted for by the school district. This prohibition extends to all facilities, whether owned or leased, and to all vehicles that a school district owns, leases, rents, contracts for, or controls. This prohibition extends to all events and activities sponsored by the Saint Paul Public Schools.

B. DEFINITIONS

1. “Tobacco” means cigarettes; cigars; cheroots; stogies; perique; granulated, plug cut, crimp cut, ready rubbed and other smoking tobacco; snuff; snuff flour; cavendish; plug and twist tobacco; fine cut and other chewing tobacco; shorts; refuse scraps, clippings, cuttings and sweepings of tobacco; and other kinds and forms of tobacco, prepared in such manner as to be suitable for chewing or smoking in a pipe or other tobacco-related devices.

2. “Tobacco-related devices” means cigarette papers or pipes for smoking.

3. The term “use” includes smoking, chewing or otherwise ingesting tobacco.

4. The term “smoking” means inhaling or exhaling smoke from any lighted cigar, cigarette, pipe or any other lighted tobacco or plant product. Smoking also includes carrying a lighted cigar, cigarette, pipe or any other lighted tobacco or plant product intended for inhalation.

C. EXCEPTION

1. It shall not be a violation of this policy for an American Indian to offer tobacco on school district property as a part of a traditional American Indian spiritual or cultural ceremony. An American Indian is a person who is a member of an American Indian tribe as defined under Minnesota law.

District Wide Security Camera Project Smoking and Tobacco Policy

00 73 20 - 2

D. ENFORCEMENT

1. Students who violate this tobacco-free policy shall be subject to school district disciplinary procedures.

2. School district personnel and school board members who violate this tobacco-free policy shall be subject to applicable discipline procedures.

3. School district action taken for violation of this policy will be consistent with requirements of applicable collective bargaining agreements, Minnesota or federal law and school district policies.

4. School administrators may call the local law enforcement agency to assist with enforcement of this policy.


END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Prevailing Wages Rates / Independent Contractorship

00 73 40 - 1

SECTION 00 73 40 PREVAILING WAGE RATES / INDEPENDENT CONTRACTORSHIP


A. The Owner shall not enter into a contract with any vendor for construction services which does not as a minimum pay its employees at the prevailing wage rate. For purposes of this policy, prevailing wage rate shall mean the hourly basic rate of pay plus the contribution for health and welfare benefits and any other economic benefit paid to the largest number of workers engaged in the same class of labor within the area. Wage determinations of the Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry shall serve, wherever applicable, as the standard for compliance with this policy. In no event shall the prevailing wage rate be deemed to be less than a reasonable and living wage.

B. A copy of the current Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry Prevailing Wages for Ramsey County has been included in this Project Manual in its entirety, following this section, for reference.

C. If pursuant to the appropriate specification sections, the Contractor or any Subcontractor proposes to subcontract any portion of the work to a self-employed Subcontractor of whatever tier, then such written proposal must contain information sufficient for the Owner and Architect to determine to their satisfaction that the proposed self-employed Subcontractor will perform the subcontract work as a bona fide independent Contractor rather than as an employee of the Contractor or Subcontractor proposing the self-employed Subcontractor. The general standard to determine whether an individual is an independent contractor rather than an employee is: If an individual is subject to the control or direction of another merely as to the result to be accomplished by the work, but not as to the details, means and methods for accomplishing the result, then the individual is an independent contractor rather than an employee. In making their determination under this standard, the Owner will apply the factors utilized by the Internal Revenue Service, the Minnesota Department of Revenue, and the Minnesota Department of Labor and Industry. In general, those factors require that:

1. The self-employed Subcontractor establishes, subject to the project schedule, the pattern, order, sequence, routine, and hours of performance of the subcontract work.

2. The self-employed Subcontractor performs similar services for others in addition to the other party to the subcontract and under the terms of the subcontract may do so simultaneously with performance of the subcontract work.

3. The self-employed Subcontractor, in performing the subcontract work, is subject to a real risk of loss due to liability for expenses for (and/or investment in) facilities, tools, materials, and/or equipment necessary to perform the subcontract work.

4. Neither the self-employed Subcontractor nor the other party to the subcontract may, without cause, terminate the subcontract without incurring liability for breach of the subcontract.


00 73 40 - 2

1.2 FAILURE TO COMPLY

A. Failure on the part of the Contractor and Subcontractors to pay prevailing wages, may result in contract payment delay, assessment of a fee up to five (5%) percent of the contract or subcontract amount in question to the Owner as liquidated damages, cancellation of the contractor and/or debarment. The penalty will be assessed against that portion of the contract that reflects the participation of the offending party. The assessment will not exceed the amount of withholding calculated by the Owner for that portion of the contract.

B. If Independent Contractor status cannot be determined to the satisfaction of the Owner by submittal of the required information or documentation, the Independent Contractor status will be disallowed, and the individual(s) will be included on the engaging company's payroll as employees, and will be entitled to receipt of their prevailing wage for all work performed.

C. Appeal of administrative decisions and actions will be by arbitration or litigation proceedings as specified in the contract documents for dispute resolution. Recommendation for debarment will be referred to a hearing officer. Final debarment action will require action by the Board of Education.



00 73 40 - 3

END OF SECTION

MINNESOTA DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRY PREVAILING WAGES FOR STATE FUNDEDCONSTRUCTION PROJECTS

THIS NOTICE MUST BE POSTED ON THE JOBSITE IN A CONSPICUOUS PLACE

Construction Type: Commercial

County Number: 62

County Name: RAMSEY

Effective: 2018-12-17

This project is covered by Minnesota prevailing wage statutes. Wage rates listed below are the minimum hourly ratesto be paid on this project.

All hours worked in excess of eight (8) hours per day or forty (40) hours per week shall be paid at a rate of one and onehalf (1 1/2) times the basic hourly rate.

Violations should be reported to:

Department of Labor and IndustryPrevailing Wage Section443 Lafayette Road NSt Paul, MN 55155(651) [email protected]

* Indicates that adjacent county rates were used for the labor class listed.

County: RAMSEY (62)

LABOR CODE AND CLASS EFFECTDATE

BASICRATE

FRINGERATE

TOTALRATE

LABORERS (101 - 112) (SPECIAL CRAFTS 701 - 730)

101 LABORER, COMMON (GENERAL LABOR WORK) 2018-12-17 34.11 19.64 53.75

102 LABORER, SKILLED (ASSISTING SKILLED CRAFTJOURNEYMAN)

2018-12-17 34.11 19.64 53.75

12/17/2018 1

mailto:[email protected]

103 LABORER, LANDSCAPING (GARDENER, SOD LAYERAND NURSERY OPERATOR)

2018-12-17 23.02 15.99 39.01

2019-05-01 24.00 16.96 40.96

104* FLAG PERSON 2018-12-17 34.11 19.64 53.75

105* WATCH PERSON 2018-12-17 30.48 19.29 49.77

106* BLASTER 2018-12-17 34.15 19.64 53.79

107 PIPELAYER (WATER, SEWER AND GAS) 2018-12-17 34.15 19.64 53.79

2019-05-01 35.30 20.44 55.74

108* TUNNEL MINER 2018-12-17 32.35 19.64 51.99

2019-05-01 33.50 20.44 53.94

109 UNDERGROUND AND OPEN DITCH LABORER (EIGHTFEET BELOW STARTING GRADE LEVEL)

2018-12-17 32.35 19.64 51.99

2019-05-01 33.50 20.44 53.94

110 SURVEY FIELD TECHNICIAN (OPERATE TOTALSTATION, GPS RECEIVER, LEVEL, ROD OR RANGEPOLES, STEEL TAPE MEASUREMENT; MARK ANDDRIVE STAKES; HAND OR POWER DIGGING FOR ANDIDENTIFICATION OF MARKERS OR MONUMENTS;PERFORM AND CHECK CALCULATIONS; REVIEW ANDUNDERSTAND CONSTRUCTION PLANS AND LANDSURVEY MATERIALS). THIS CLASSIFICATION DOESNOT APPLY TO THE WORK PERFORMED ON APREVAILING WAGE PROJECT BY A LAND SURVEYORWHO IS LICENSED PURSUANT TO MINNESOTASTATUTES, SECTIONS 326.02 TO 326.15.

2018-12-17 33.00 11.96 44.96

111* TRAFFIC CONTROL PERSON (TEMPORARY SIGNAGE) 2018-12-17 34.11 19.64 53.75

SPECIAL EQUIPMENT (201 - 204)

201* ARTICULATED HAULER 2018-12-17 38.13 20.30 58.43

202* BOOM TRUCK 2018-12-17 38.13 20.30 58.43

12/17/2018 2

203* LANDSCAPING EQUIPMENT, INCLUDES HYDROSEEDER OR MULCHER, SOD ROLLER, FARM TRACTORWITH ATTACHMENT SPECIFICALLY SEEDING,SODDING, OR PLANT, AND TWO-FRAMED FORKLIFT(EXCLUDING FRONT, POSIT-TRACK, AND SKID STEERLOADERS), NO EARTHWORK OR GRADING FORELEVATIONS

2018-12-17 23.02 15.99 39.01

2019-05-01 24.00 16.96 40.96

204* OFF-ROAD TRUCK 2018-12-17 37.83 18.65 56.48

205* PAVEMENT MARKING OR MARKING REMOVALEQUIPMENT (ONE OR TWO PERSON OPERATORS);SELF-PROPELLED TRUCK OR TRAILER MOUNTEDUNITS.

2018-12-17 37.05 19.39 56.44

HIGHWAY/HEAVY POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR

GROUP 2 2018-12-17 35.54 19.70 55.24

306 GRADER OR MOTOR PATROL

308 TUGBOAT 100 H.P. AND OVER WHEN LICENSE REQUIRED (HIGHWAY AND HEAVY ONLY)

GROUP 3 * 2018-12-17 36.34 20.30 56.64

2019-05-01 38.09 20.50 58.59

309 ASPHALT BITUMINOUS STABILIZER PLANT

310 CABLEWAY

312 DERRICK (GUY OR STIFFLEG)(POWER)(SKIDS OR STATIONARY) (HIGHWAY AND HEAVYONLY)

314 DREDGE OR ENGINEERS, DREDGE (POWER) AND ENGINEER

316 LOCOMOTIVE CRANE OPERATOR

320 TANDEM SCRAPER

322 TUGBOAT 100 H.P AND OVER (HIGHWAY AND HEAVY ONLY)

GROUP 4 2018-12-17 36.04 20.30 56.34

2019-05-01 37.79 20.50 58.29

323 AIR TRACK ROCK DRILL

324 AUTOMATIC ROAD MACHINE (CMI OR SIMILAR) (HIGHWAY AND HEAVY ONLY)

12/17/2018 3

325 BACKFILLER OPERATOR

327 BITUMINOUS ROLLERS, RUBBER TIRED OR STEEL DRUMMED (EIGHT TONS AND OVER)

328 BITUMINOUS SPREADER AND FINISHING MACHINES (POWER), INCLUDING PAVERS, MACROSURFACING AND MICRO SURFACING, OR SIMILAR TYPES (OPERATOR AND SCREED PERSON)

329 BROKK OR R.T.C. REMOTE CONTROL OR SIMILAR TYPE WITH ALL ATTACHMENTS

330 CAT CHALLENGER TRACTORS OR SIMILAR TYPES PULLING ROCK WAGONS, BULLDOZERSAND SCRAPERS

331 CHIP HARVESTER AND TREE CUTTER

332 CONCRETE DISTRIBUTOR AND SPREADER FINISHING MACHINE, LONGITUDINAL FLOAT,JOINT MACHINE, AND SPRAY MACHINE

334 CONCRETE MOBIL (HIGHWAY AND HEAVY ONLY)

335 CRUSHING PLANT (GRAVEL AND STONE) OR GRAVEL WASHING, CRUSHING AND SCREENINGPLANT

336 CURB MACHINE

337 DIRECTIONAL BORING MACHINE

338 DOPE MACHINE (PIPELINE)

340 DUAL TRACTOR

341 ELEVATING GRADER

345 GPS REMOTE OPERATING OF EQUIPMENT

347 HYDRAULIC TREE PLANTER

348 LAUNCHER PERSON (TANKER PERSON OR PILOT LICENSE)

349 LOCOMOTIVE (HIGHWAY AND HEAVY ONLY)

350 MILLING, GRINDING, PLANNING, FINE GRADE, OR TRIMMER MACHINE

352 PAVEMENT BREAKER OR TAMPING MACHINE (POWER DRIVEN) MIGHTY MITE OR SIMILARTYPE

354 PIPELINE WRAPPING, CLEANING OR BENDING MACHINE

356 POWER ACTUATED HORIZONTAL BORING MACHINE, OVER SIX INCHES

357 PUGMILL

359 RUBBER-TIRED FARM TRACTOR WITH BACKHOE INCLUDING ATTACHMENTS (HIGHWAY ANDHEAVY ONLY)

360 SCRAPER

361 SELF-PROPELLED SOIL STABILIZER

362 SLIP FORM (POWER DRIVEN) (PAVING)

363 TIE TAMPER AND BALLAST MACHINE

365 TRACTOR, WHEEL TYPE, OVER 50 H.P. WITH PTO UNRELATED TO LANDSCAPING (HIGHWAYAND HEAVY ONLY)

367 TUB GRINDER, MORBARK, OR SIMILAR TYPE

12/17/2018 4

GROUP 5 2018-12-17 31.65 19.70 51.35

370 BITUMINOUS ROLLER (UNDER EIGHT TONS)

371 CONCRETE SAW (MULTIPLE BLADE) (POWER OPERATED)

372 FORM TRENCH DIGGER (POWER)

375 HYDRAULIC LOG SPLITTER

376 LOADER (BARBER GREENE OR SIMILAR TYPE)

377 POST HOLE DRIVING MACHINE/POST HOLE AUGER

379 POWER ACTUATED JACK

381 SELF-PROPELLED CHIP SPREADER (FLAHERTY OR SIMILAR)

382 SHEEP FOOT COMPACTOR WITH BLADE . 200 H.P. AND OVER

383 SHOULDERING MACHINE (POWER) APSCO OR SIMILAR TYPE INCLUDING SELF-PROPELLEDSAND AND CHIP SPREADER

384 STUMP CHIPPER AND TREE CHIPPER

385 TREE FARMER (MACHINE)

GROUP 6 2018-12-17 31.79 20.30 52.09

2019-05-01 33.54 20.50 54.04

387 CAT, CHALLENGER, OR SIMILAR TYPE OF TRACTORS, WHEN PULLING DISK OR ROLLER

389 DREDGE DECK HAND

391 GRAVEL SCREENING PLANT (PORTABLE NOT CRUSHING OR WASHING)

393 LEVER PERSON

395 POWER SWEEPER

396 SHEEP FOOT ROLLER AND ROLLERS ON GRAVEL COMPACTION, INCLUDING VIBRATINGROLLERS

397 TRACTOR, WHEEL TYPE, OVER 50 H.P., UNRELATED TO LANDSCAPING

COMMERCIAL POWER EQUIPMENT OPERATOR

GROUP 1 * 2018-12-17 41.14 20.30 61.44

501 HELICOPTER PILOT (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

502 TOWER CRANE 250 FEET AND OVER (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

503 TRUCK CRAWLER CRANE WITH 200 FEET OF BOOM AND OVER, INCLUDING JIB (COMMERCIALCONSTRUCTION ONLY)

GROUP 2 2018-12-17 40.80 20.30 61.10

504 CONCRETE PUMP WITH 50 METERS/164 FEET OF BOOM AND OVER (COMMERCIALCONSTRUCTION ONLY)

12/17/2018 5

505 PILE DRIVING WHEN THREE DRUMS IN USE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

506 TOWER CRANE 200 FEET AND OVER (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

507 TRUCK OR CRAWLER CRANE WITH 150 FEET OF BOOM UP TO AND NOT INCLUDING 200 FEET,INCLUDING JIB (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

GROUP 3 2018-12-17 39.39 20.30 59.69

508 ALL-TERRAIN VEHICLE CRANES (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

509 CONCRETE PUMP 32-49 METERS/102-164 FEET (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

510 DERRICK (GUY & STIFFLEG) (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

511 STATIONARY TOWER CRANE UP TO 200 FEET

512 SELF-ERECTING TOWER CRANE 100 FEET AND OVER MEASURED FROM BOOM FOOT PIN(COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

513 TRAVELING TOWER CRANE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

514 TRUCK OR CRAWLER CRANE UP TO AND NOT INCLUDING 150 FEET OF BOOM, INCLUDING JIB(COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

GROUP 4 2018-12-17 39.05 20.30 59.35

515 CRAWLER BACKHOE INCLUDING ATTACHMENTS (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

516 FIREPERSON, CHIEF BOILER LICENSE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

517 HOIST ENGINEER (THREE DRUMS OR MORE) (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

518 LOCOMOTIVE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

519 OVERHEAD CRANE ( INSIDE BUILDING PERIMETER) (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

520 TRACTOR . BOOM TYPE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

GROUP 5 2018-12-17 38.13 20.30 58.43

521 AIR COMPRESSOR 450 CFM OR OVER (TWO OR MORE MACHINES) (COMMERCIALCONSTRUCTION ONLY)

522 CONCRETE MIXER (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

523 CONCRETE PUMP UP TO 31 METERS/101 FEET OF BOOM

524 DRILL RIGS, HEAVY ROTARY OR CHURN OR CABLE DRILL WHEN USED FOR CAISSON FORELEVATOR OR BUILDING CONSTRUCTION (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

525 FORKLIFT (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

526 FRONT END, SKID STEER 1 C YD AND OVER

527 HOIST ENGINEER ( ONE OR TWO DRUMS) (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

528 MECHANIC-WELDER (ON POWER EQUIPMENT) (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

529 POWER PLANT (100 KW AND OVER OR MULTIPLES EQUAL TO 100KW AND OVER)(COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

530

12/17/2018 6

PUMP OPERATOR AND/OR CONVEYOR (TWO OR MORE MACHINES) (COMMERCIALCONSTRUCTION ONLY)

531 SELF-ERECTING TOWER CRANE UNDER 100 FEET MEASURED FROM BOOM FOOT PIN(COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

532 STRADDLE CARRIER (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

533 TRACTOR OVER D2 (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

534 WELL POINT PUMP (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

GROUP 6 2018-12-17 36.62 20.30 56.92

535 CONCRETE BATCH PLANT (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

536 FIREPERSON, FIRST CLASS BOILER LICENSE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

537 FRONT END, SKID STEER UP TO 1 C YD

538 GUNITE MACHINE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

539 TRACTOR OPERATOR D2 OR SIMILAR SIZE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

540 TRENCHING MACHINE (SEWER, WATER, GAS) EXCLUDES WALK BEHIND TRENCHER

GROUP 7 2018-12-17 35.50 20.30 55.80

541 AIR COMPRESSOR 600 CFM OR OVER (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

542 BRAKEPERSON (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

543 CONCRETE PUMP/PUMPCRETE OR COMPLACO TYPE (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

544 FIREPERSON, TEMPORARY HEAT SECOND CLASS BOILER LICENSE (COMMERCIALCONSTRUCTION ONLY)

545 OILER (POWER SHOVEL, CRANE, TRUCK CRANE, DRAGLINE, CRUSHERS AND MILLINGMACHINES, OR OTHER SIMILAR POWER EQUIPMENT) (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

546 PICK UP SWEEPER (ONE CUBIC YARD HOPPER CAPACITY) (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTIONONLY)

547 PUMP AND/OR CONVEYOR (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

GROUP 8 2018-12-17 33.49 20.30 53.79

548 ELEVATOR OPERATOR (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

549 GREASER (COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

550 MECHANICAL SPACE HEATER (TEMPORARY HEAT NO BOILER LICENSE REQUIRED)(COMMERCIAL CONSTRUCTION ONLY)

TRUCK DRIVERS

GROUP 1 2018-12-17 25.00 5.14 30.14

12/17/2018 7

601 MECHANIC . WELDER

602 TRACTOR TRAILER DRIVER

603 TRUCK DRIVER (HAULING MACHINERY INCLUDING OPERATION OF HAND AND POWEROPERATED WINCHES)

GROUP 2 2018-12-17 25.50 3.14 28.64

604 FOUR OR MORE AXLE UNIT, STRAIGHT BODY TRUCK

GROUP 3 * 2018-12-17 23.75 6.23 29.98

605 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR DRIVER

606 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR (ONE PERSON OPERATION)

607 THREE AXLE UNITS

GROUP 4 * 2018-12-17 28.00 9.56 37.56

608 BITUMINOUS DISTRIBUTOR SPRAY OPERATOR (REAR AND OILER)

609 DUMP PERSON

610 GREASER

611 PILOT CAR DRIVER

612 RUBBER-TIRED, SELF-PROPELLED PACKER UNDER 8 TONS

613 TWO AXLE UNIT

614 SLURRY OPERATOR

615 TANK TRUCK HELPER (GAS, OIL, ROAD OIL, AND WATER)

616 TRACTOR OPERATOR, UNDER 50 H.P.

SPECIAL CRAFTS

701 HEATING AND FROST INSULATORS 2018-12-17 44.60 24.40 69.00

2019-06-01 47.10 24.40 71.50

702 BOILERMAKERS 2018-12-17 37.22 27.14 64.36

2019-01-01 38.33 27.43 65.76

703 BRICKLAYERS 2018-12-17 38.76 20.87 59.63

704 CARPENTERS 2018-12-17 37.18 21.45 58.63

705 CARPET LAYERS (LINOLEUM) 2018-12-17 37.84 19.19 57.03

12/17/2018 8

706 CEMENT MASONS 2018-12-17 38.41 19.67 58.08

707 ELECTRICIANS 2018-12-17 42.28 29.07 71.35

2019-05-01 45.23 29.07 74.30

708 ELEVATOR CONSTRUCTORS 2018-12-17 48.36 32.65 81.01

2019-01-01 49.91 35.25 85.16

709 GLAZIERS 2018-12-17 41.19 18.54 59.73

710 LATHERS 2018-12-17 38.47 20.18 58.65

712 IRONWORKERS 2018-12-17 37.10 27.85 64.95

714 MILLWRIGHT 2018-12-17 35.13 24.98 60.11

715 PAINTERS (INCLUDING HAND BRUSHED, HANDSPRAYED, AND THE TAPING OF PAVEMENTMARKINGS)

2018-12-17 36.75 21.24 57.99

716 PILEDRIVER (INCLUDING VIBRATORY DRIVER OREXTRACTOR FOR PILING AND SHEETINGOPERATIONS)

2018-12-17 38.01 21.08 59.09

2019-05-01 39.96 21.08 61.04

717 PIPEFITTERS . STEAMFITTERS 2018-12-17 47.04 26.05 73.09

718 PLASTERERS 2018-12-17 38.96 19.45 58.41

719 PLUMBERS 2018-12-17 47.27 23.43 70.70

2019-05-01 50.02 23.43 73.45

720 ROOFER 2018-12-17 36.26 17.46 53.72

721 SHEET METAL WORKERS 2018-12-17 43.31 27.72 71.03

2019-05-01 45.91 27.72 73.63

12/17/2018 9

722 SPRINKLER FITTERS 2018-12-17 45.28 26.55 71.83

2019-01-01 45.08 26.75 71.83

2019-06-01 47.93 26.75 74.68

723* TERRAZZO WORKERS 2018-12-17 38.91 19.40 58.31

724 TILE SETTERS 2018-12-17 33.55 24.44 57.99

725 TILE FINISHERS 2018-12-17 28.23 19.12 47.35

726 DRYWALL TAPER 2018-12-17 32.07 23.02 55.09

727 WIRING SYSTEM TECHNICIAN 2018-12-17 38.97 17.14 56.11

2019-07-01 40.17 17.14 57.31

728 WIRING SYSTEMS INSTALLER 2018-12-17 27.30 14.31 41.61

2019-07-01 28.14 14.31 42.45

729 ASBESTOS ABATEMENT WORKER 2018-12-17 31.68 18.71 50.39

2019-01-01 32.68 19.66 52.34

730 SIGN ERECTOR 2018-12-17 28.80 14.92 43.72

2019-06-01 30.45 14.92 45.37

12/17/2018 10

District Wide Security Camera Project Summary of the Work

01 11 00 - 1

SECTION 01 11 00 SUMMARY OF THE WORK


A. The Work defined in the Contract Documents includes, but is not limited to:

Installation of owner provided security camera equipment at various District #625 locations.

B. Work shall commence upon Award of the Contract.

C. Physical construction work may not begin before date established herein and until the fully executed Contract is returned to the Contractor.

1.2 CONTRACTOR’S DUTIES:

A. Except as specifically noted, provide and pay for:

1. Labor, materials, and equipment;

2. Tools, construction equipment and machinery;

3. Water, heat, and utilities required for construction;

4. Testing laboratory services;

5. Other facilities and services necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work.

B. Pay legally required sales, consumer, and use taxes.

C. Secure and pay for the following, as necessary for proper execution and completion of the Work and as applicable:

1. Permits

2. Government fees

3. Licenses

D. Give required notices.

E. Comply with codes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders, and other legal requirements of public authorities which bear on performance of Work.

F. Coordinate Subcontractors.

G. Assist in obtaining utility rebates.

1.3 SCHEDULE OF THE WORK

A. Award

1. The Owner intends to Award the Contract on May 23, 2019.

2. The Contractor who is awarded the Contract will receive the first draft of the Agreement from the Owner.

B. Pre-Construction Schedule Requirements


01 11 00 - 2

1. Failure to respond with the information required by this paragraph within the stated time frame may result in the award going to the next lowest responsible bidder.

2. Within ten (10) days of receiving the Agreement, the Contractor shall provide the following information to the Owner:

a. Two (2) signed copies of the Agreement

b. Insurance certificates

c. Performance and Payment Bonds, if applicable

3. Within fourteen (14) days of receiving the Agreement, the Contractor shall provide the complete list of Subcontractors and suppliers to the Architect in accordance with Forms A-1 and A-2 of the ‘Contractor Verification and Compliance’ as required by Minnesota Statute 16C.285.

4. Within seven (7) days after Contract Execution, the Contractor shall provide the following information to the Architect:

a. Evidence of building permit application

b. Schedule of Values

c. Project Schedule indicating completion per the Schedule of the Work

d. Schedule of Project Submittals and Shop Drawings

5. The Owner will return the fully executed Contract to the Contractor upon receipt of the items listed above.

C. Construction Schedule Requirements

1. The earliest Construction Start Date shall be upon final execution of contract.

2. The Project shall be Substantially Complete on or before July 31st 2019

3. Punchlist corrections shall be completed in the time frame documented in the Certificate of Substantial Completion.

4. Final Completion and submission of final application for payment shall be no later than 4 weeks following completion of punchlist corrections.

1.4 USE OF SITE

A. The Work shall to be conducted in a manner which will minimize interference with use and operation of the buildings. The storage of materials and equipment shall be organized and secured to minimize establishment of an attractive nuisance and to prevent vandalism. The Contractor will assume the responsibility for protection of their work and any stored or stockpiled equipment and material.



01 11 00 - 3

END OF SECTION

SECTION 01 23 00 ALTERNATES


A. Provide alternate bids as described in this Section.


1. Division 27

1.2 PROCEDURES

A. Provide alternate bids to be added to the amount of the Base Bid if the corresponding change in scope is accepted by the Owner.

B. Include within the alternate bid prices all costs, including materials, installations, and fees associated with the description of work listed in the Schedule of Alternates.

C. The Owner reserves the right to accept one or more of Alternates, in any order, and the right to reject all Alternates.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Compile Alternate prices for the following Work:

1. Alternate No. 1: ADD Hamline Elementary Parks and Recreation Cameras

a. Install interior cameras in three additional locations as indicated on drawings.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 BID FORM

A. Record the Alternate prices on the Request for Bid form.

District Wide Security Camera Project Alternates

01 23 00 - 1

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Alternates

01 23 00 - 2

District Wide Security Camera Project Product Substitution Procedures

01 25 00 - 1

SECTION 01 25 00 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES


A. This section prescribes the process for submitting product substitution requests.


1. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures

2. Section 01 26 00 – Contract Modification Procedures

1.2 GENERAL

A. The Contract is based on the standards of quality established in the Contract Documents. Substitutions will be considered by the Architect only when proposed in advance of the bid.

B. Substitution of products is not allowed unless the substitution has been specifically approved in writing for this Work by the Architect.

1.3 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS PRIOR TO BIDDING

A. Complete the Product Substitution Proposal form (Section 01 25 01) and include submittals of Manufacturer's Literature, Samples, and other items as required by the Architect to evaluate the proposed item.

B. Submittals for product substitutions must be received by the Architect at least ten (10) calendar days in advance of the Bid Date.

C. The Architect will publish a list of approved substitutions in an Addendum.

1.4 SUBSTITUTION REQUESTS AFTER EXECUTION OF THE CONTRACT

A. Product substitutions after execution of the Contract constitute a Contract Modification, are subject to Contract Modification Procedures, and may only be proposed by the Contractor under the following conditions:

1. The specified product cannot be delivered and installed in the time allowed due to conditions beyond the Contractor’s control; or

2. The Owner will benefit by a reduced cost or an improved product.

B. The Owner may reject any proposed substitutions for any reason.

C. The Contractor shall reimburse the Owner’s cost from the Architect for investigation of proposed substitutions and incorporating into the Work.

D. If accepted, the Owner shall receive a credit for the full amount of any cost reductions.


District Wide Security Camera Project Product Substitution Procedures

01 25 00 - 2

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Product Substitution Proposal

01 25 01 - 1

SECTION 01 25 01 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION PROPOSAL

For consideration of product substitutions prior to the bid date

Date: To: Attn: Paul Humiston Paul Meyer Architects, Inc

15650 36th Ave N, Suite 170 Plymouth, MN 55446

Project: We hereby submit, for the project named above, the following product for your consideration as a substitute for the specified product:

Proposed Product:

Section Number:

Specified Product:

Attach manufacture’s literature for the specific product and model number, complete technical data, material safety data sheet, manufacturer’s specifications, laboratory testing results, and samples as necessary for the Consultant’s evaluation.

Answer the following questions, attach additional sheets if necessary:

Will the proposed substitution affect dimensions shown on the drawings? Yes No

If yes, explain:

Will the proposed substitution affect other trades? Yes No

If yes, explain:

Will the proposed substitution have the same warranty and guarantee? Yes No

If no, explain:

Explain any differences between the proposed substitution and the specified item

Submitted by:

Printed Name Signature

Firm Name

Address

District Wide Security Camera Project Product Substitution Proposal

01 25 01 - 2

Phone # E-mail

For use by the Consultant only: Date Received:

Eligible for consideration? Yes No

Reviewed with submitter? Yes No If yes, summarize:

Action Taken: Accepted Accepted as noted Not accepted Notes to Acceptance:

Included in Addendum # Date:

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Contract Modification Procedures

01 26 00 - 1

SECTION 01 26 00 CONTRACT MODIFICATION PROCEDURES


A. This section addresses procedures for changes to the Work, to the Contract Sum, to the Contract Time, or any combination thereof.

1.2 REQUESTS

A. The Architect may issue a Proposal Request, which includes a detailed description of a proposed change with supplementary or revised drawings and specifications. The Contractor shall prepare and submit a written proposal within the time period indicated on the Proposal Request.

B. The Contractor may propose changes by submitting a written Request for Change Order to the Architect, describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work.

1.3 RESPONSES

A. The Contractor’s responses to Proposal Requests and their Request for Change Orders shall be governed by the applicable provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract and shall include:

1. The proposed change, if any, to the Contract Sum;

2. The proposed change, if any, to the Contract Time;

3. A clear description of all changes to the Work required by the proposed modification;

4. A complete itemization of costs including labor, materials, subcontracts, allowances for overhead and profit, or other similar information when applicable. Subcontracts must also be itemized.

1.4 EXECUTION OF CHANGE ORDERS

A. When a proposed modification has been agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor, the Architect will issue a Change Order to the Contractor and Owner for signatures.

B. Once signed, the Contractor shall include the Change Order as a line item in an updated Schedule of Values and Continuation Sheet for Applications for Payment.

1.5 CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DIRECTIVES

A. In the absence of agreement between the Contractor and Owner on the terms of a Change Order, the Architect may prepare a Construction Changes Directive directing a change in the Work.

B. When a Proposal Request and Contractor response have been agreed upon by the Owner and Contractor, the Architect will issue a Construction Change Directive to the Contractor and Owner for signatures to modify the contract.

C. Construction Change Directives shall be governed by the applicable provisions of the General Conditions of the Contract

PART 2 PRODUCTS


01 26 00 - 2

2 Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 Not Used


01 26 00 - 3

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Project Meetings and Coordination

01 31 00 - 1

SECTION 01 31 00 PROJECT MEETINGS AND COORDINATION

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY

A. Coordination Responsibility

B. PreConstruction Meetings

C. Progress and Pre-Installation Meetings

D. Coordination Drawings

E. Cutting and Patching

F. Furniture and Fixtures

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Pre-installation Conference requirements may be described in individual Sections of this Project Manual.

1.3 COORDINATION RESPONSIBILITY

A. Each contractor is responsible for overall Project coordination and scheduling as defined in the Work Scope and as directed by the Construction Manager as Advisor.

1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. A Preconstruction Conference will be held at the job site before any construction begins.

1. Attendance:

a. Representatives of the Owner, Architect, Contractor and primary Subcontractors shall attend the Preconstruction Conference

2. Minimum agenda:

a. Construction Schedule

b. Critical Sequencing

c. Superintendency

d. Sub-contractors

e. Daily Logs

f. Progress meetings

g. Progress payment procedures

h. Contract Modification Procedures

i. Testing

j. Site restrictions

k. Barricading, fencing, and enclosures

l. Use of facilities

m. Staging and storage areas


01 31 00 - 2

n. Security

1.5 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. Owner/Architect/Contractor Project Managers

1. Minimum Agenda

a. Review, revise as necessary, and approve the Contractor’s Project Schedule

b. Review, revise as necessary, and approve minutes of previous meetings

c. Review progress of the Work since last meeting

d. Review Daily Logs from the Contractor

e. Identify problems which impede planned progress

f. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain Progress Schedule

g. Status of submittals for approval

h. Status and summary of Contract Modifications

i. Complete other current business

B. Progress Meetings will be scheduled regularly during the course of the project. For the purposes of this Project, they will be scheduled on the basis of alternate weeks or more frequently as may be initiated by the Owner, Architect, or Contractor.

1. Attendance:

a. To the maximum extent practicable, assign the same person or persons to represent the Contractor at project meetings through progress of the Work.

b. Subcontractors and others may be invited to attend those project meetings in which their aspect of the Work is involved.

2. Minimum agenda:

a. Review, revise as necessary, and approve the Contractor’s Project Schedule

b. Review, revise as necessary, and approve minutes of previous meetings

c. Review progress of the Work since last meeting

d. Review Daily Logs from the Contractor

e. Identify problems which impede planned progress

f. Develop corrective measures and procedures to regain Progress Schedule

g. Status of submittals for approval

h. Status and summary of Contract Modifications

i. Complete other current business

3. Minutes:

a. The Architect shall prepare and distribute the meeting minutes to the Owner and Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible to distribute the minutes to Subcontractors as necessary.


01 31 00 - 3

b. Amendments to minutes:

1) Unless published minutes are challenged in writing prior to the next regularly scheduled progress meeting, they will be accepted as properly stating the activities and decisions of the meeting.

2) Persons wishing to amend published minutes shall reproduce and distribute copies of the proposed amendment to all indicated recipients of the particular set of minutes.

3) Amendments to the minutes shall be settled as a priority portion of "old business" at the next regularly scheduled meeting.

1.6 PROGRESS SCHEDULE

A. The Contractor shall prepare and submit for the Architect's approval a proposed Progress Schedule for the Work.

B. The Project Schedule shall be in a Gantt Chart format using the Critical Path Method, which shall include:

1. All activities required to complete the project, including:

a. Preparation, review and processing of submittals

b. Purchase and delivery of materials

c. Fabrication

d. Installation

e. Substantial Completion

f. Punchlist corrections

g. Final Completion

2. The time (start dates, completion dates and duration) that each activity will require in 5-day increments, and

3. The critical dependencies between the activities

C. As the project is executed, the Progress Schedule shall be maintained and updated in a

manner representative of current conditions and shall reflect changes in delivery of materials and products, acceleration or delay of execution, and effect on subsequent activities by change in schedule of events.

D. The Contractor shall submit the updated Progress Schedule at every Progress Meeting.

1.7 CONTRACTOR’S DAILY LOG

A. The Contractor shall maintain a Daily Log (sign-in and sign-out sheet) that includes at a minimum:

1. The name of each worker present on site each day

2. The name of the company the worker is employed by

3. The time the worker arrived on site each day

4. The time the worker left the site each day

5. The total number of hours the worker worked each day, excluding breaks

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Dependency_(project_management)


01 31 00 - 4

6. The classification of each worker (i.e. journeyman, apprentice, installer, technician, etc.)

B. An example of a Contractor’s Daily Log is included (Section 01 31 01).

C. The Contractor shall submit updated Daily Logs to the Architect via fax or e-mail no later than 10:00am each Monday for the previous week.

1.8 SCHEDULING OF ACTIVITIES

A. The Contractor shall coordinate scheduling of construction operations with the Building Head Engineer.

B. Potential conflicts in scheduling are to be brought to the attention of the Architect as soon as they are evident.

1.9 COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES

A. The Contractor is the prime coordinator of the Work and is responsible for overseeing the direction of their employees and Subcontractors.

B. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall be mutually responsible, one to another, to prevent any delays in construction schedule.

C. The Contractor shall notify Subcontractors of work schedules sufficiently in advance so they can schedule and coordinate the sequence of their work with the other trades.

D. The Contractor and Subcontractors are to cooperate to prevent damages to each other’s interests and to the Owner’s interests.

1.10 BLOCKING AND BACKING

A. Provide blocking and backing in walls and above ceilings necessary for proper installation of the Work.

B. Coordinate, locate and facilitate the necessary preparation for installation of Work which is required to be supported by, recessed within or pass through structural members or assemblies. Where necessary, ensure installation prior to erection of masonry or placement of concrete.

1.11 CUTTING AND PATCHING

A. The Contractor is responsible for patching, and therefore, has the implied responsibility for the extent and location of all cutting performed by any contractor or subcontractor.

B. Patches shall be made using materials similar to that which has been cut. Seal all openings in manner which will preclude passage of water or transfer of air-borne dust and sound. All openings exposed to habitable spaces will be patched to match adjacent surfaces prior to any finish application. Seal around sleeves or piping passing through floors and walls.

C. Provide temporary supports to ensure structural integrity of the Work. Provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.

D. Provide protection from elements for areas which may be exposed by uncovering work.

E. Patches and repair to surfaces which are fire rated shall maintain the integrity of that surface’s fire rating. Patch, repair, sealing, and caulking of through-wall, floor or ceiling penetrations requiring a fire rating shall be made in accordance with pertinent sections of this Project Manual.

1.12 FURNITURE AND FIXTURES


01 31 00 - 5

A. The Contractor shall move the Owner’s furniture and fixtures and disconnect equipment as needed to perform the Work. Make a record of original locations; replace in original location and configurations.


END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Contractor’s Daily Log

01 31 01 - 1

SECTION 01 31 01 CONTRACTOR’S DAILY LOG (EXAMPLE)

District Wide Security Camera Project Contractor’s Daily Log

01 31 01 - 2

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Submittal Procedures

01 33 00 - 1

SECTION 01 33 00 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES


A. Make submittals required by the Contract Documents, and revise and resubmit as necessary to establish compliance with the specified requirements, all as described in this Section.


1. Section 01 11 00 – Summary of the Work

2. Individual requirements for submittals may also be described in individual Sections of this Project Manual.

C. Work not included:

1. Submittals not required by individual Sections of this Project Manual will not be reviewed by the Architect.

2. The Contractor may require their Subcontractors to provide drawings, setting diagrams, and similar information to help coordinate the Work, but such data shall remain between the Contractor and Subcontractors and will not be reviewed by the Architect.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Coordination of submittals:

1. Prior to each submittal, carefully review and coordinate all aspects of each item being submitted.

2. Verify that each item and the submittal for it conform in all respects with the specified requirements.

3. By making a submittal, the Contractor represents that they have checked, verified, reviewed and approved the submittal.

1.3 SCHEDULE OF SUBMITTALS

A. Compile a complete and comprehensive Schedule of Project Submittals required in the Contract Documents. Include a list of each type of item for which Shop Drawings, Samples, or other types of submittals are required.

B. Coordinate the Schedule of Submittals with Subcontractors to ensure their understanding of the importance of adhering to the Schedule.

C. Make revisions to the Schedule as necessary to reflect actual project conditions and progress.

D. Submit an updated Schedule of Submittals at each Progress Meeting.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS


01 33 00 - 2

A. Scale and measurements: Make Shop Drawings accurately to a scale sufficiently large to show all pertinent aspects of the item and its method of connection to the Work. Use field measurements as the basis for Shop Drawings.

B. Required Copies:

1. The Contractor is encouraged to make submittals via e-mail in PDF format. The Architect will insert comments into the PDF file of the submittal and return it to the Contractor via e-mail.

2. When hard copies are submitted, provide one (1) original or xerographic print. The Architect shall return one (1) copy of the reviewed submittal. Review comments of the Architect will be shown on the copy returned to the Contractor. The Contractor shall make copies as necessary for distribution to Subcontractors, for the Contractor’s use, and for inclusion in Operation and Maintenance Manuals.

2.2 PRODUCT DATA

A. Where contents of submitted literature from manufacturers include data not pertinent to the submittal, clearly indicate which portion of the contents is being submitted for review by highlighting, circling or other graphic indication.

1. The Contractor is encouraged to make submittals via e-mail in PDF format. The Architect will insert comments into the PDF file of the submittal and return it to the Contractor via e-mail.

2. When hard copies are submitted, provide one (1) original or xerographic copy. The Architect shall return one (1) copy of the reviewed submittal. Review comments of the Architect will be shown on the copy returned to the Contractor. The Contractor may make and distribute such copies as are necessary for distribution to Subcontractors and for the Contractor’s use.

2.3 SAMPLES

A. Provide Sample or Samples identical to the precise item proposed to be provided.

B. Number of Samples required:

1. Unless otherwise specified, submit Samples in the quantity which is required to be returned, plus one (1) which will be retained by the Architect.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 IDENTIFICATION OF SUBMITTALS

A. Consecutively number all submittals:

1. When material is resubmitted for any reason, transmit under a new letter of transmittal and with a new submittal number.

2. On re-submittals, cite the original submittal number for reference.

B. Accompany each submittal with a letter of transmittal showing all information required for identification and checking.

3.2 TIMING OF SUBMITTALS


01 33 00 - 3

A. Make submittals far enough in advance of scheduled installation dates to provide time required for review, securing necessary approvals, any possible revisions and re-submittals, and placing orders to ensure timely delivery.

B. Allow at least 10 working days for review by the Architect following their receipt of the submittal.

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Hazardous Material Procedures

01 35 43 - 1

SECTION 01 35 43 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES – HAZARDOUS MATERIALS


A. This section addresses the presence of hazardous materials and the notification procedure for hazardous materials encountered on the job site.


1. Division 26 – Electrical

2. Or other applicable sections

C. Work under this Section includes identification of potentially or actually hazardous substances encountered during construction operations under this Contract and establishes procedures for notifying Owner upon discovery.

D. Contractors, Subcontractors and/or suppliers shall perform the training as mandated by Federal, State, and Local regulations that is required for completion of the Work. Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) requires training for construction workers in several areas including, but not limited too, asbestos, Employee Right to Know, and Personal Protective Equipment.

1.2 ASBESTOS CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS (ACBM)

A. The Owner has surveyed the site to determine existence of ACBM. All bidders are hereby notified that the existence of ACBM may affect work procedures and processes.

B. The most recent report prepared by the Owner showing the material types and locations of all asbestos and non-asbestos containing materials for the site is available from the Owner’s Environmental Services Group (ESG) at 651-744-1800.

C. The Contractor shall notify Subcontractors of known locations of ACBM at the site.

D. ACBM not listed in the inspection report may still exist in shafts, inaccessible spaces, &/or buried below grade. Federal requirements for these inspections did not require accessing these areas. If work is required in these types of areas notify Environmental Services Group (ESG) at 651-744-1800.

E. The Contractor and Subcontractors shall not be required to perform, nor bear any responsibility for the abatement of ACBM; supervision of the abatement contractor; assurance of proper execution of abatement procedures; or any work relating to ACBM.

F. The Owner shall, under separate contract, remove ACBM at any locations where the discovery and existence ACBM will interfere with execution of the Work under this Contract.

G. The Contractor shall not use any material which contains ACBM as part of this Contract.

1.3 LEAD EXPOSURE


01 35 43 - 2

A. The Owner has surveyed the site to determine existence of lead containing paints and varnishes. All bidders are hereby notified that the existence of lead may affect work procedures and processes.

B. The most recent report prepared by the Owner showing the paints/varnishes and locations of all lead and non-lead paints/varnishes for the site is available from the Owner’s Environmental Services Group (ESG) at 651-744-1800.

C. The Contractor must notify their Subcontractors of known locations of lead paint/varnish at the site.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for all requirements contained in the Department of Labor's OSHA 29 CFR Part 1926.62 LEAD EXPOSURE IN CONSTRUCTION for all work performed under this Contract. The Contractor shall include all costs associated with compliance with these requirements in the base bid.

E. If no survey is available, the Contractor shall assume that all paint/varnish removed, demolished or otherwise changed contains lead.

1.4 DISPOSAL OF FLUORESCENT LAMPS AND BALLASTS

A. Light ballasts containing PCB oil and fluorescent light bulbs containing mercury are considered hazardous waste.

B. The Owner shall be responsible for the disposal of light ballasts containing PCB oil and fluorescent light bulbs containing mercury.

C. Non-PCB ballasts shall be removed from the fixture and managed separately.

D. The Owner will provide recycling containers for the Contractor’s use.

E. The Contractor’s responsibilities are as follows:

1. Contact the Owner’s Environmental Services Group to request containers

2. Ensure that the Owner’s containers are properly labeled

3. Place PCB oil ballasts and fluorescent light bulbs containing mercury, removed as part of the Work, in the containers

4. Provide a safe location for storage of the containers on site

5. Prevent the containers from accidental spills or damage

6. Respond to accidental spills or damage with appropriate personnel

7. Contact the Owner’s Environmental Services Group to request removal of the containers when related demolition is complete.

1.5 MISCELLANEOUS: PROBLEM MATERIALS AND WASTES ENCOUNTERED DURING WORK

A. Contaminated Soils – If during excavation, any soil shows indication of contamination, follow notification procedure in subsection 1.6.

B. Raw Sewage or wastewater - Any sewage or wastewater released from work being done by the contractor shall be contained, collected and disposed of in accordance with MN Statute 115.061. Waste water can be the result of work on an existing piping system or the excavation of an unknown sump or sanitary sewer.

C. Excavated Solid Waste – If during excavation, an indication of previously disposed waste on the property becomes evident, follow notification procedure in subsection 1.6. The


01 35 43 - 3

material will need to be characterized and managed in accordance with applicable requirements.

D. Mold – If mold is found during work which was not part of the original scope of the project, the contractor shall notify the owner. At that point, the Owner shall communicate with the Contractor regarding next steps.

1.6 NOTIFICATION PROCEDURE

A. Upon encountering suspected hazardous materials, the Contractor shall immediately cease operations in the vicinity if it appears that normal construction operations may disturb the materials or cause release of hazardous substances.

B. Upon suspension of operations, & without delay, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Environmental Services Group & the Owner’s Facilities Project Manager of the situation and provide the following information:

1. Location of substance in question

2. Condition of substance including notification of possible release of material, if disturbed

3. Description of substance for which analysis is requested

4. Extent of substance

C. If the Contractor is unable to notify either the Owner’s Environmental Services Group or the Facilities Project Manager, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Assistant Facilities Director. See below for the Environmental Services Group contacts.

D. This notification procedure is mandatory and shall be followed in its entirety. It applies to Contractors, Subcontractors, and Sub-subcontractors and their agents or representatives. Failure to follow these procedures may render the party responsible for contamination of the premises.


END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Quality Control

01 45 00 - 1

SECTION 01 45 00 QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Selection, payment and requirements for Quality Control services

B. Control of installation and tolerances.

1.2 TESTING REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. The Owner shall select, hire and pay for services of an independent testing agency to perform any testing required by the Contract Documents.

1.3 SPECIAL INSPECTIONS AND TESTING

A. The Owner shall select, hire, and pay for the services of an independent testing agency to perform Special Inspections and Testing required by the Contract Documents or applicable jurisdiction.

1.4 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Contact the testing agency to schedule required testing in conjunction with the Contractor’s construction schedule.

B. Cooperate with testing agency personnel and provide access to the Work.

C. Coordinate with the testing agency or laboratory:

1. Schedule testing sufficiently in advance to allow timely completion of reports

2. Make available, without cost, samples to be tested

3. Identify material sources to be tested

4. Instruct Subcontractors to allow tests and inspections

5. Deliver to agency or laboratory at designated location, adequate samples of materials proposed to be used which require testing, along with proposed mix designs

D. Provide incidental labor and facilities necessary to:

1. Provide access to Work to be tested

2. Obtain and handle samples at the site or at source of Products to be tested

3. Facilitate tests

4. Provide storage and area for curing of test samples

1.5 TESTING AGENCY RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Test samples of mixes submitted by Contractor.

B. Provide qualified personnel at site. Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of services.

C. Perform specified sampling and testing of Products in accordance with specified standards.

D. Ascertain compliance of materials and mixes with requirements of Contract Documents.

District Wide Security Camera Project Quality Control

01 45 00 - 2

E. Immediately notify the Contractor, Architect and Owner in writing of materials or installations that are not in full compliance with the Contract Documents.

F. Perform additional tests required by Architect.

G. Provide a copy of each report to the Contractor and Architect, and if requested, the Building Official.

1.6 LIMITS ON TESTING AGENCY AUTHORITY

A. Testing agency may not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge on requirements of Contract Documents.

B. Testing agency may not approve or accept any portion of the Work.

C. Testing agency may not assume any duties of Contractor.

D. Testing agency has no authority to stop the Work.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 CONTROL OF INSTALLATION

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions and workmanship to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturer’s recommendations including sequential instructions.

1. If manufacturer’s recommendations conflict with the Contract Documents request clarification from the Architect before proceeding.

C. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

D. Work shall be performed by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.

3.2 TOLERANCES

A. Monitor tolerance control of installation to produce acceptable workmanship.

B. Do not allow tolerances to accumulate.

C. Comply with manufacturer’s recommended tolerances and those identified in specific sections of this Project Manual.

1. If manufacturer’s recommendations conflict with the Contract Documents request clarification from the Architect before proceeding.

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Temporary Facilities

01 50 00 - 1

SECTION 01 50 00 TEMPORARY FACILITIES


A. Temporary facilities and controls needed for the Work.


1. Permanent installation and connection of the various utilities is described in other Sections.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 UTILITIES

A. Water:

1. Water from the existing facility may be used for construction purposes.

2. Provide necessary temporary water supply and piping. Upon completion of the Work, remove such temporary facilities.

B. Electricity:

1. Electricity from the existing facility may be used for construction purposes.

2. Provide necessary temporary wiring, and upon completion of the Work, remove such temporary facilities.

3. Provide area distribution boxes so located that individual trades may furnish and use 100 ft maximum length extension cords with GFI per OSHA requirements to obtain power and lighting at points where needed for work, inspection, and safety.

4. Provide temporary exterior security lighting if necessary or required by the Owner.

C. Telephone:

1. The Contractor shall provide telephone services required to conduct their business at their expense.

2.2 FIELD OFFICES

A. The Owner shall allow Contractor’s use of specifically designated space in the facility that will be agreed upon by owner and contractor.

2.3 ENCLOSURES

A. Provide and maintain, only for the duration necessary, scaffolds, tarpaulins, canopies, steps, platforms, bridges, and other temporary construction necessary for proper completion of the Work in compliance with pertinent safety and other regulations.

2.4 EXTERIOR CONTROLS

A. Provide temporary barricades, warning signs, and lights to protect the public and construction personnel from construction hazards.


01 50 00 - 2

B. Prior to excavation enclose construction areas with chain link fences with lockable entrance gates, to prevent unauthorized access. Locate as necessary to accommodated construction operations, secure the site and protect the public from construction hazards.

1. Provide gates in sizes and locations necessary to accommodate access to the site.

2. Maintain security by limiting the quantity and distribution of keys. Provide onset of keys to the Owner.

C. Provide temporary environmental controls as required by authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, erosion and sediment control, dust control, noise control, and pollution control.

D. Traffic Control: Contractor shall become familiar with the Minnesota Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices (MMUTCO) and utilize methods and procedures specified therein. Provide and maintain Type 3 banners at entrance locations from the public way to restrict unauthorized access to the site during construction period. Mount warning lights on all barriers and maintain in working order. Use cones to designate temporary access lanes for authorized vehicular traffic.

2.5 SIGNAGE

A. No signs are to be hung or constructed at the job site unless approved and directed by the Owner's representative.

B. The Contractor must provide all insurance and bonds required for approved signage.

2.6 PROTECTION OF EXISTING FACILITIES AND PERSONNEL

A. Erect and maintain temporary partitions and enclosures to protect the existing building, facilities and personnel at all times. Areas must be secure at all times.

B. Fire extinguishers must be on site per OSHA requirements at all times.

C. Access and use of doors, parking areas, roads, delivery and drop off areas, must be maintained for the Owner’s use at all times.

2.7 SANITARY FACILITIES

A. The Owner shall allow Contractor’s use of specifically designated on site sanitary facilities agreed upon by owner and contractor.

B. Maintain facilities in a sanitary condition at all times.

2.8 STAGING AREA

A. If needed a staging area will be provided upon agreement between owner and contractor.

B. If the designated Staging Area is not adequate, it shall be the Contractor’s responsibility to provide additional secured storage facilities.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3 3.1 MAINTENANCE AND REMOVAL

A. Maintain temporary facilities and controls in proper and safe condition throughout progress of the Work.


01 50 00 - 3

B. Maintain temporary facilities and controls only as long as needed for safe and proper completion of the Work.

C. Remove such temporary facilities and controls as rapidly as progress of the Work will permit.


01 50 00 - 4

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Temporary Dust Barriers

01 56 15 - 1

SECTION 01 56 15 TEMPORARY DUST BARRIERS

PART 1 – GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE

A. Special procedures required to limit migration of airborne dust and debris from construction work areas to other building areas.

B. Dust control barriers shall be provided to meet at least the following objectives:

1. Separation of areas receiving work and areas outside the scope of work or phase.

C. Related Sections:


1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Drawing showing locations of the following:

1. Location of work areas and proposed dust control barriers

2. Location of proposed HEPA-filtered fan units

3. Travel routes for construction personnel and waste loads from work areas to dumpsters

4. Materials to be used in construction of barriers

5. Name and contact information of person or entity responsible for installing and maintaining dust control barriers


A. The installer shall be knowledgeable of the construction and maintenance of dust barriers.

B. The installer shall maintain the barriers until all Work has been completed in each area.

C. The importance of maintaining the integrity of dust control barriers will be discussed at the Pre-construction Conference with all Subcontractors who will be working on the Project.

D. Comply with applicable Federal, state and local regulations.

1.4 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Use of closed or covered containers is mandatory when waste must be transported through non-affected parts of the building. Clean the outside of each container before leaving construction areas.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS 2 2.1 MATERIALS

A. Framing: Wood: minimum 2” x 4” lumber, or system designed specifically for this use

B. Bulkheads and panels: Plywood, minimum 3/8” thickness

C. Sheeting: 4-mil fire retardant polyethylene, minimum

D. Tape: compatible with Sheeting


01 56 15 - 2

E. Ventilators: HEPA-filtered fan units

F. Walk-off mats: carpet or containment mats

PART 3 – EXECUTION 3 3.1 PREPARATION

A. Shut down HVAC system supplying the work area. If system cannot be shut down, manually close all supply and return air dampers to the work area.

B. Cover and seal diffusers, vents, grills, duct openings, smoke/heat detectors, TV monitors, Data Cabinets, etc. with one layer of sheeting prior to starting dust generating work in the area.

3.2 BARRIER CONSTRUCTION

A. Construct an airtight barrier between the work area and remaining non-affected parts of the building using sheeting.

B. Framing materials for walls may be suspended from existing structural framing or slabs. Do not use ducts, pipes, ceiling panels, grid or other non-structural items for support.

C. Install framing for walls, floor to ceiling, with a distance no greater than six feet (6’) between supports. Obtain Owner’s approval of methods of attaching to existing construction.

D. If electrical cords or other equipment must penetrate the barrier, seal the penetrations after equipment is installed.

E. Enclose framing and construction work area with sheeting. Overlap a minimum of six inches (6”) at seams and seal both sides with tape.

F. Construct passage ways with overlapping polyethylene flaps on each side of the wall. The flaps should be constructed so that they close without assistance when not used for passage.

3.3 VENTILATION

A. Place a sufficient number of ventilators in the work area to maintain a minimum of four (4) air changes per hour until work is complete. Ventilators shall be exhausted outdoors when feasible.

B. Ventilators shall be equipped with functioning differential pressure gauges to measure pressure drop across the filters.

C. Ventilators shall remain operable throughout the work shift but may be shut down at the end of each work shift.

D. The Contractor is responsible for security at all exhaust locations.

3.4 CLEANING AND TERMINATION

A. Place walk-off mats at passage ways to minimize tracking of dirt and debris outside of the work area. Vacuum and replace walk-off mats as often as necessary to prevent the spread of dust.

B. During construction, damp mop hard floors at passage ways to minimize tracking of dirt and debris outside of the work area.

C. Remove barriers only after all Work is complete in that area. Clean the area affected by the barrier, repair any damage to existing construction and remove seals from diffusers, ducts, grills, duct openings and other penetrations.


01 56 15 - 3

D. Manually open all supply and return air dampers serving the work area.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. The Owner’s representative will perform periodic inspections to ensure barriers are being maintained properly and are preventing dust and debris from migrating outside of the work area.

B. Immediately correct defects in the barriers and exhaust system.


01 56 15 - 4

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Product Storage and Handling

01 66 00 - 1

SECTION 01 66 00 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING

PART 1 - GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY

A. Protect products scheduled for use in the Work by means including, but not necessarily limited to, those described in this Section.

B. Related work:

1. Additional procedures may be prescribed in other Sections of this Project Manual.


A. Include within the Contractor's quality assurance program such procedures as are required to assure full protection of work and materials.

1.3 MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS

A. Except as otherwise approved by the Architect, determine and comply with manufacturer's recommendations on product handling, storage, and protection.

1.4 DELIVERY, PACKAGING AND STORAGE

A. The Contractor shall be solely responsible to receive and sign for the receipt of products delivered to the site, including verification of quantities, quality and condition of products upon delivery.

1. Under no circumstances shall the Owner or the Owner’s representatives receive, sign for, or be responsible for products delivered to the job site.

B. Deliver products to the job site in their manufacturer's original container, with labels intact and legible.

1. Make arrangements with Owner’s Representative for use of the site for storage of construction materials. Store products in a secure and protected environment, so that items are readily available to the installation location.

2. Maintain packaged materials with seals unbroken and labels intact until time of use.

3. Promptly remove damaged material and unsuitable items from the site, and promptly replace with material meeting the specified requirements, at no additional cost to the Owner.

C. The Architect may reject as non-complying such material and products that do not bear identification satisfactory to the Architect as to manufacturer, grade, quality, and other pertinent identification.

1.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect finished surfaces, including jambs and soffits of openings used as passageways, through which equipment and materials are handled.

B. Provide protection for finished floor surfaces in traffic areas prior to allowing equipment or materials to be moved over such surfaces.

C. Maintain finished surfaces clean, unmarred, and suitably protected until accepted by the Owner.

District Wide Security Camera Project Product Storage and Handling

01 66 00 - 2

1.6 REPAIRS AND REPLACEMENTS

A. In event of damage, promptly make replacements and repairs to the approval of the Architect and at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered by the Architect to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion.


END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Cleaning

01 74 10 - 1

SECTION 01 74 10 CLEANING

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 SUMMARY

A. Throughout the construction period, maintain the buildings and site in a standard of cleanliness as described in this Section.


1. Additional requirements for cleaning may also be described in individual Sections of this Project Manual.


A. Conduct daily inspection, and more often if necessary, to verify that requirements for cleanliness are being met.

B. In addition to the standards described in this Section, comply with pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Provide required equipment and materials needed to maintain the specified standard of cleanliness.

2.2 COMPATIBILITY

A. Use only the cleaning materials and equipment which are compatible with the surface being cleaned, as recommended by the manufacturer of the material.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General:

1. Retain stored items in an orderly arrangement allowing maximum access, not impeding traffic or drainage, and providing required protection of materials.

2. Do not allow accumulation of scrap, debris, waste material, and other items not required for construction of the Work.

3. At least twice each day, and more often if necessary, completely remove all scrap, debris, and waste material from work areas.

4. Provide adequate storage for all items awaiting removal from the job site, observing requirements for fire protection and protection of the environment.

B. Site:

1. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the site and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove such items to the place designated for their storage.

2. Weekly, and more often if necessary, inspect all arrangements of materials stored on the site. Restack or otherwise reorganize service arrangements to meet the requirements of subparagraph 3.1A.1. above.


01 74 10 - 2

3. Maintain the site in a neat, orderly and debris free condition at all times.

C. Structures:

1. Daily, and more often if necessary, inspect the structures and pick up all scrap, debris, and waste material. Remove such items to the place designated for their storage.

2. Daily, and more often if necessary, sweep interior spaces clean.

a. "Clean", for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from dust and other material capable of being removed by use of reasonable effort and a hand-held broom.

b. As required in preparation for installation of succeeding materials, clean the structures or pertinent portions thereof to the degree of cleanliness recommended by the manufacturer of the succeeding material, using equipment and materials required to achieve the necessary cleanliness.

3. Following the installation of finish floor materials, clean the finish floor daily, and more often if necessary, at all times while work is being performed in the space in which finish materials are installed.

a. "Clean", for the purpose of this subparagraph, shall be interpreted as meaning free from foreign material which, in the opinion of the Architect, may be injurious to the finish floor material.

3.2 FINAL CLEANING

A. Prior to completion of the Work, remove from the job site all tools, surplus materials, equipment, scrap, debris, and waste. Conduct final progress cleaning as described in Article 3.1 above.

B. Final Cleaning is to be performed by professional cleaners or workers with professional cleaning experience.

1. “Clean", for the purpose of Part 3.2, and except as may be specifically provided otherwise, shall be interpreted as meaning the level of cleanliness generally provided by experienced cleaners using professional quality building maintenance equipment and materials.

C. Interior Cleaning:

1. Remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges, dust and other foreign matter

2. Remove paint droppings, spots, stains, and dirt from finished surfaces.

3. Remove protective coverings

4. Clean all exposed and semi-exposed items following the directions of the manufacturer of each product including:

a. Carpet

b. Resilient flooring

c. Tiled surfaces

d. Interior concrete floors

e. Wall surfaces

f. Casework, including permanently attached items


01 74 10 - 3

g. Plumbing fixtures and accessories

h. Furnishings and equipment

i. Doors and windows, including frames and glass

j. Toilet accessories

k. Brick and concrete block

l. Other finish items as applicable

D. Exterior Cleaning

1. Visually inspect exterior surfaces and remove all traces of soil, waste materials, smudges, and other foreign matter:

a. Remove all traces of splashed materials from adjacent surfaces.

b. If necessary to achieve a uniform degree of cleanliness, hose down the exterior of the structure.

c. In the event of stubborn stains not removable with water, the Architect may require light sandblasting or other cleaning at no additional cost to the Owner.

E. Site Cleaning:

1. Unless otherwise specifically directed by the Architect, broom clean paved areas on the site and public paved areas adjacent to the site.

2. Completely remove resultant debris.

3. Clean all site amenities and improvements included in the Work.

3.3 CLEANING DURING OWNER'S OCCUPANCY

A. Should the Owner occupy the Work or any portion thereof prior to its completion by the Contractor and acceptance by the Owner, responsibilities for interim and final cleaning shall be as determined by the Architect in accordance with the Conditions of the Contract.


01 74 10 - 4

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Construction Waste Management and Recycling

01 74 20 - 1

SECTION 01 74 20 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND RECYCLING

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND RECYCLING

A. Use of Owner’s waste and recycling containers for non-hazardous construction waste is permitted only upon receiving approval from Building Head Engineer prior to each instance of use.

B. If the Building Head Engineer determines owner containers cannot accommodate the extra waste, responsibility falls upon the contractor to remove such materials from project site for disposal.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT AND RECYCLING

A. All waste/recycling materials to be disposed of in owner containers must fit completely in the container with no protrusions, and if the container has a lid it must close freely.

B. All cardboard boxes must be broken down (flattened) prior to disposal in owner containers.

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Closeout Procedures

01 77 00 - 1

SECTION 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide an orderly and efficient transfer of the completed Work to the Owner.


1. Section 01 11 00 – Summary of the Work

2. Section 01 78 00 – Operation and Maintenance Data

3. Section 01 78 40 – Project Record Documents


A. Prior to requesting inspection by the Architect, use adequate means to assure that the Work is completed in accordance with the specified requirements and is ready for the requested inspection.

1.3 PROCEDURES

A. Substantial Completion:

1. Prepare and submit a list of items to be completed or corrected as required by the Conditions of the Contract.

2. After receipt of the list, the Architect will inspect the Work to determine status of completion.

3. If the Architect determines that the Work is not Substantially Complete:

a. The Architect will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing, stating the reasons for that determination.

b. The Contractor shall remedy the deficiencies and notify the Architect when ready for re-inspection.

4. When the Architect concurs that the Work is substantially complete:

a. The Architect will prepare an AIA G704-2000 Certificate of Substantial Completion accompanied by the Contractor's list of items to be completed or corrected, as verified by the Architect.

b. The Architect will submit the Certificate to the Contractor and to the Owner for their written acceptance of the responsibilities assigned to them in the Certificate.

B. Final Completion:

1. Prepare and submit a notice that the Work is ready for final inspection as required by the Conditions of the Contract.

2. The Architect will make an inspection to verify status of completion.

3. If the Architect determines that the Work is incomplete or defective:

a. The Architect will promptly notify the Contractor, in writing, listing the incomplete or defective work.

District Wide Security Camera Project Closeout Procedures

01 77 00 - 2

b. Remedy the deficiencies promptly, and notify the Architect when ready for re-inspection.

c. The Contractor shall make closeout submittals within 30 days of substantial completion as listed in the Summary of the Work.

4. Final adjustment of accounts:

a. Submit a final statement of accounting to the Architect, showing all adjustments to the Contract Sum.

b. If so required, the Architect will prepare a final Change Order showing adjustments to the Contract Sum which were not made previously by Change Orders.

5. Submit Closeout Documents including, but are not necessarily limited to:

a. Operation and Maintenance Data (see Section 01 78 00)

b. Project Record Documents (see Section 01 78 40)

c. Final Contract Estimate with invoice

d. Consent of Surety, if required

e. Evidence of payment and release of liens

f. IC-134 - Withholding Tax Payment Affidavit

g. Energy Rebate Applications, if applicable

h. Other items that may be listed in the specifications

6. Instruct the Owner's personnel in proper operation and maintenance of systems, equipment, and similar items which were provided as part of the Work.


END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Operation and Maintenance Data

01 78 00 - 1

SECTION 01 78 00 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA


A. Format and content of manuals

B. Instruction of Owner's personnel

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures

B. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures

C. Additional requirements for Operations and Maintenance Data may be described in individual Sections of this Project Manual.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and operated by Owner, submit 1 copy of documents within ten days after acceptance.

B. Submit 1 copy of each complete volume 2 weeks prior to Substantial Completion for review by the Architect. Revise contents as required by the Architect.

C. Submit 2 copies of the revised and completed volumes prior to Final Application for Payment.

1.4 FORMAT

A. Prepare data in the form of an instructional manual.

B. Binders: Commercial quality, 8 ½ X 11 inches three ring D size binders with durable plastic covers. When multiple binders are used, correlate the data into related consistent groupings.

C. Cover: Identify each binder with typed or printed title “OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS”; identify title of Project; identify subject matter of contents.

D. Provide tabbed dividers for each separate product and system, with typed description of product and major component parts of equipment.

E. Text: Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data.

F. Drawings: Provide with reinforced punched binder tabs. Bind in with text; fold larger drawings to size of text pages.

G. Arrange content by systems under section numbers and sequence of Table of Contents of this Project Manual.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 GENERAL CONTENTS OF EACH VOLUME

A. Table of Contents:

1. A schedule of the products and systems indexed to the contents of the volume

B. Project Directory:


01 78 00 - 2

1. Include the names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect and Sub-consultants, Contractor with the name of responsible parties

2. List of Subcontractors, service organizations, and suppliers, including names, addresses, and telephone numbers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts, and where they can be reached for emergency service at all times including nights, weekends, and holidays.

C. Copy of Certificate of Substantial Completion

D. Product Data, Shop Drawings and Reviewed Submittals

1. Mark each sheet to clearly identify specific products and component parts, and data applicable to installation.

2. Delete non-applicable information.

E. Drawings:

1. Supplement product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams.

2. Do not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.

F. Typed Text as required to supplement product data:

1. Provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.

G. Written Warranties

1. Bind in copy of each.

2.2 MANUALS FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES

A. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes

1. Include product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations.

B. Instructions for Care and Maintenance

1. Include manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.

C. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products

1. Include product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.

D. Additional Requirements

1. As specified in individual product specification sections.

2.3 MANUALS FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS

A. Each item of equipment and each system

1. Include description of unit or system, and component parts. Identify function, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. Include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature and model number of replaceable parts.


01 78 00 - 3

B. Maintenance Requirements

1. Include routine procedures and guide for preventative maintenance and trouble shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.

C. Provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.

D. Include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.

E. Include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.

F. Provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance.

G. Provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.

H. Provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed.

I. Provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams.

J. Provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.

K. Additional Requirements

1. As specified in individual Product specification sections.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL

A. Before final inspection, instruct Owner's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems, at agreed upon times.

B. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instructions for each season.

C. Use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

D. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such data becomes apparent during instruction.


01 78 00 - 4

END OF SECTION

District Wide Security Camera Project Project Record Documents

01 78 40 - 1

SECTION 01 78 40 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL 1 1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. Throughout progress of the Work, maintain an accurate record of changes in the Contract Documents, as described below, and upon completion of the Work, transfer the recorded changes to a set of Record Documents, as described below.



2. Section 01 77 00 – Closeout Procedures


A. Delegate the responsibility for maintenance of Record Documents to one person on the Contractor's staff.

B. Accuracy of records:

1. Thoroughly coordinate changes with the Record Documents, making adequate and proper entries on each page of Specifications and each sheet of Drawings and other Documents where such entry is required to show the change properly.

2. Accuracy of records shall be such that future searches for items shown in the Contract Documents may rely reasonably on information obtained from the approved Project Records Documents.

C. Make entries within 24 hours after receipt of information that the change has occurred.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Prior to Progress Payment Applications

1. Secure the Architect's approval of the current status of the Record Documents prior to submitting each request for progress payment.

a. The Architect's approval is prerequisite to the Architect's approval of requests for progress payment under the Contract.

B. Prior to Final Payment Application

1. Submit 1 copy of the Record Documents to the Architect for approval prior to submitting request for final payment.

a. The Architect’s approval is prerequisite to approval of the final request for payment under the Contract.

2. After receiving approval of the Record Documents, submit 1 copy of the final Project Record Documents along with one CD-R containing PDF files of scans of each sheet of the Project Record Documents.

1.4 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Maintain the job set of Record Documents completely protected from deterioration and from loss and damage until completion of the Work and transfer of all recorded data to the final Project Record Documents.


01 78 40 - 2

B. In the event of loss of recorded data, use means necessary to again secure the data to the Architect's approval.

1. Such means shall include, if necessary in the opinion of the Architect, removal and replacement of concealing materials.

2. In such case, provide replacements to the standards originally required by the Contract Documents.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 Not Used PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 CONTRACTOR’S MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Immediately upon receipt of the job set described above, identify each of the Documents with the title, "AS-BUILT DOCUMENTS".

B. Preservation:

1. Considering the Contract completion time, the probable number of occasions upon which the job set must be taken out for new entries and for examination, and the conditions under which these activities will be performed, devise a suitable method for protecting the job set to the approval of the Architect.

2. Do not use the job set for any purpose except entry of new data and for review by the Architect, until start of transfer of data to final Project Record Documents.

3. Maintain the job set at the site of Work as designated by the Architect.

C. Making entries on Drawings:

1. Indicate changes made by addendum, clarifications provided by Architect, modifications made by Change Order, and variations in the Work required due to existing conditions such as revised routing of electrical feeds, plumbing or ductwork.

2. Clearly describe the change with graphic lines and notes as required. Cutting and pasting information from documentation provided by the Architect is encouraged.

3. Date all entries.

4. Call attention to the entry by a "cloud" drawn around the area or areas affected.

5. In the event of overlapping changes, use different colors.

D. Creation of electronic copy of Project Record Documents:

1. Scan each sheet of the completed “As-Built Documents” on a full size scanner with a minimum resolution of 200 DPI.

2. Save the scan of each sheet in PDF format.

3. Name each file to correspond with the number of the sheet scanned, i.e. A101.PDF

4. Copy all of the files onto a CD-R.

5. Label the CD-R with the project name, project #, and date created.


01 78 40 - 3

END OF SECTION

SECTION 07 84 00 FIRESTOPPING


A. This section includes products to be used to close and firestop openings created when site conditions require forming, drilling, or cutting walls, partitions, or floors. The firestop material is used to close these openings and continue a fire resistance rating uninterrupted.

1. This section describes a single or multiple component silicone elastomeric or foam compounds, a mineral fiber stuffing insulation, a mechanical device with incombustible fillers and intumescent putty.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM E84 - Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

B. ASTM E119 - Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

C. ASTM E814 - Test Method for Fire Tests of Through Penetration Firestops.

D. FM (Factory Mutual) - Fire Hazard Classifications.

E. UL - Fire Hazard Classifications.

F. UL 263 - Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

G. UL 723 - Test for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.

H. UL 1479 - Fire Tests of Through-Penetration Firestops.

I. WH (Warnock Hersey) - Certification Listings.

1.3 DEFINITION

A. Firestopping: A sealing or stuffing material or assembly placed in spaces between building materials to arrest the movement of smoke, heat, gases, or fire through wall or floor openings.

1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Firestopping Materials: ASTM E119, ASTM E814, UL 263 and UL 1479 to achieve a fire rating as noted on Drawings.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Provide data on product characteristics, performance and limitation criteria, showing systems to be used in the work.

B. Manufacturer's Installation Instructions: Indicate preparation and installation instructions.

C. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

1.6 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years experience.

District Wide Security Camera Project Firestopping

07 84 00 - 1

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not apply materials when temperature of substrate material and ambient air is below 60° F.

B. Maintain this minimum temperature before, during, and for 3 days after installation of materials.

C. Provide ventilation in areas to receive solvent cured materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 FIRESTOPPING

A. Manufacturers:

1. 3M Fire Protection Products.

2. Or approved equal.

B. Silicone sealants: Single component silicone elastomeric compound and compatible silicone sealant; conforming to the following:

1. Use for the following penetrations: The seams between tops of walls and the ceiling.

2. Product: Fire barrier 2000, 2000+ and 2003.

C. Caulks: Single component premium intumescent latex-based caulk; conforming to the following:

1. Use for the following penetrations: Concrete floors and walls, Masonry walls, Gypsum and plaster walls.

2. Product: Fire barrier CP 25WB+.

D. Moldable Putty: Single component putty compound provides a draft stop and seal; conforming to the following:

1. Use for the following small penetrations: Concrete floors and walls, Masonry walls, Gypsum and plaster walls.

2. Product: Fire barrier moldable putty.

E. Pipe Devices: Intumesent action quickly seals off plastic pipes in a fire; conforming to the following:

1. Use for the following penetrations: Under side of concrete floors and both sides of walls, Masonry walls, Gypsum and plaster walls.

2. Product: Fire barrier Plastic Pipe Device.

F. Pipe Wrap: Plastic and metal pipe, conduit, insulated pipe, bus duct, glass pipe and

insulated cable. When exposed to heat a flexible rubber like strip expands to ten times it’s volume, forming a hard char to seal off fire and smoke; conforming to the following:


2. Product: Fire barrier FS-195+ Wrap/Strip.


07 84 00 - 2

G. Sheet Materials: Intumesent sheets used in large openings such as cable trays; conforming to the following:


2. Product: Fire barrier CS-195+ Composite Sheet.

2.2 FIBER STUFFING

A. Material: Mineral or Ceramic fiber stuffing insulation; conforming to the following:

1. Density: 1 LB/cu ft.

2.3 ACCESSORIES

A. Primer: Type recommended by firestopping manufacturer for specific substrate surfaces.

B. Installation Accessories: Clips, collars, fasteners, temporary stops or dams, and other

devices required to position and retain materials in place.

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify openings are ready to receive the work of this section.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate surfaces of dirt, dust, grease, oil, loose material, or other matter which may affect bond of firestopping material.

B. Remove incompatible materials, which may affect bond.

C. Install backing or damming materials to arrest liquid material leakage.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Install material at walls or partition openings, which contain penetrating sleeves, piping, ductwork, conduit and other items, requiring firestopping.

B. Apply primer (where required by manufacturer)and materials in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

C. Apply firestopping material in sufficient thickness to achieve rating.

D. Place foamed material in layers to ensure homogenous density, filling cavities and spaces. Place sealant to completely seal junctions with adjacent dissimilar materials.

E. Place intumescent coating in sufficient coats to achieve rating required.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent surfaces of firestopping materials.

3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damage by material installation.


07 84 00 - 3

3.6 SCHEDULES

A. Unless otherwise noted on the drawings use the following:

LOCATION UL/FM/WH # FIRE RATING

1. Main corridor fire walls: 1 hour

2. Room to room partitions: 1 hour

3. Floor/ceiling assemblies: 2 hour

END OF SECTION


07 84 00 - 4

SECTION 09 91 00 PAINTING


A. This section includes preparing, priming, and painting of patches and repairs as well as painting of newly installed conduit and raceway that is not pre-finished.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM D16 - Standard Terminology Relating to Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related Products.

B. NACE (National Association of Corrosion Engineers) - Industrial Maintenance Painting.

C. PDCA - Architectural Specifications Manual; Painting and Decorating Contractors of America.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Provide data on all finishing products.

B. Samples: Submit two painted samples 8 ½” X 11”, illustrating selected colors and textures for each color and system selected with specified coats cascaded.

C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Indicate special surface preparation procedures and substrate conditions requiring special attention.

D. Maintenance Data: Submit data on cleaning, touch-up, and repair of painted and coated surfaces.


A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company specializing in manufacturing the Products specified in this section with minimum three years experience.

B. Applicator Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this section with minimum three years experience.

1.5 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Conform to applicable code for flame and smoke rating requirements for products and finishes.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND PROTECTION

A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptability.

B. Container Label: Include manufacturer's name, type of paint, brand name, lot number, brand code, coverage, surface preparation, drying time, cleanup requirements, color designation, and instructions for mixing and reducing.

C. Paint Materials: Store at minimum ambient temperature of 45° F and a maximum of 90° F, in ventilated area, and as required by manufacturer's instructions.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not apply materials when surface and ambient temperatures are outside the temperature ranges required by the paint product manufacturer.

District Wide Security Camera Project Painting

09 91 00 - 1

1.8 EXTRA STOCK

A. Provide no extra stock.

PART 2 PRODUCTS 2 2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Paint Products:

1. Sherwin Williams Paint Corporation

2. Equivalent manufacturers approved, in writing, in advance, by the Architect, may be substituted in accordance with the provisions of the Contract.

2.2 PRODUCTS

A. Interior Latex Paint – Walls, Ceilings, Conduit, Raceway

1. All substrates

a. Sherwin Williams Pro Industrial Zero VOC Acrylic

B. Interior Primer

1. Gypsum Board

a. Sherwin Williams Pro Green 200

2. Ferrous Metal

a. Sherwin Williams Pro-Cryl Universal Primer

b. Sherwin Williams Zinc Clad Primer

3. Galvanized Metal

a. None

4. Non Ferrous Metals

a. Sherwin Williams Pro-Cryl Universal Primer

5. Concrete

a. Sherwin Williams Loxon Masonry Primer

6. Concrete Masonry Units

a. Sherwin Williams Loxon Block Surfacer.

2.3 MATERIALS

A. Coatings: Ready mixed, except field catalyzed coatings. Prepare pigments:

1. To a soft paste consistency, capable of being readily and uniformly dispersed to a homogeneous coating.

2. For good flow and brushing properties.

3. Capable of drying or curing free of streaks or sags.

B. Accessory Materials: Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve commercial quality finishes.

C. Patching Materials and Fastener Head Cover Materials: Latex filler.


09 91 00 - 2

PART 3 EXECUTION 3 3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that surfaces and substrate conditions are ready to receive Work as instructed by the product manufacturer.

B. Examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report any condition that may potentially affect proper application.

C. Test shop applied primer for compatibility with subsequent cover materials.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surfaces: Correct defects and clean surfaces, which affect work of this section. Remove or repair existing coatings that exhibit surface defects.

B. Gypsum Board Surfaces: Fill minor defects with latex filler compound. Spot prime defects after repair.

C. Galvanized Surfaces: Remove surface contamination and oils and wash with solvent. Apply coat of etching primer.

D. Concrete and Unit Masonry Surfaces Scheduled to Receive Paint Finish: Remove dirt, loose mortar, scale, salt or alkali powder, and other foreign matter. Remove oil and grease with a solution of tri-sodium phosphate; rinse well and allow to dry. Remove stains caused by weathering of corroding metals with a solution of sodium metasilicate after thoroughly wetting with water. Allow to dry.

E. Uncoated Steel and Iron Surfaces: Remove grease, mill scale, weld splatter, dirt, and rust. Where heavy coatings of scale are evident, remove by power tool wire brushing or sandblasting; clean by washing with solvent. Apply a treatment of phosphoric acid solution, ensuring weld joints, bolts, and nuts are similarly cleaned. Spot prime paint after repairs.

F. Shop Primed Steel Surfaces: Sand and scrape to remove loose primer and rust. Feather edges to make touch-up patches inconspicuous. Clean surfaces with solvent. Prime bare steel surfaces.

3.3 EXISTING PAINTED SURFACES

A. Clean existing surfaces with a mild soap and water solution to remove all dirt and grease.

B. Sand rough surfaces and fill depressions and scratches as specified in “PREPARATION” above.

C. Patch and repair surfaces as necessary and as acceptable to the Architect.

D. All wall surfaces requiring any painting due to patch and repair shall be painted continuously from edge to edge or to natural break such as trim, molding or cabinetry.

3.4 APPLICATION

A. Apply products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Do not apply finishes to surfaces that are not dry. Allow applied coats to dry before next coat is applied.


09 91 00 - 3

C. Apply each coat to uniform appearance. Apply each coat of paint slightly darker than preceding coat unless otherwise approved.

D. Sand wood and metal surfaces lightly between coats to achieve required finish.

E. Vacuum clean surfaces of loose particles. Use tack cloth to remove dust and particles just prior to applying next coat.

3.5 FINISHING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Paint shop primed equipment. Paint shop finished items occurring at interior areas.

B. Prime and paint insulated and exposed pipes, conduit, boxes, insulated and exposed ducts, hangers, brackets, collars and supports, except where items are shop finished.

C. Paint exposed conduit and electrical equipment occurring in finished areas.

D. Paint both sides and edges of plywood backboards for electrical and telephone equipment before installing equipment.

3.6 CLEANING

A. Collect waste material, which may constitute a fire hazard, place in closed metal containers, and remove daily from site.

3.7 SCHEDULE - INTERIOR SURFACES

A. Gypsum Board and Plaster:

1. One coat of primer sealer

2. Two coats of Interior Latex Paint

B. Steel – Primed or previously painted:

1. Touch-up with primer.

2. Two coats of Interior Latex Paint

C. Concrete Masonry Units

1. One coat of block surface

2. Two coats if Interior Latex Paint

D. Paint Colors:

1. St. Paul #2 Off-white

2. Match existing as necessary

END OF SECTION


09 91 00 - 4

Project: Project: SPPS-CCTV Camera and NVR Installation INDEX SPPS #: 0700-18-04

The Westlund Group, Inc. Copyright 2019

INDEX

DIVISION 27 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

SAINT PAUL PUBLIC SCHOOLS CCTV CAMERA AND NVR INSTALLATION

BID PACKAGE #3

Section Description 270500 Common Work Results for Communications 270533 Conduits, Raceway and Outlet Boxes for

Telecommunications Systems 271151 Telecommunications Cabling System 278230 CCTV System

Project: Project: SPPS-CCTV Camera and NVR Installation INDEX SPPS #: 0700-18-04


END OF TELECOMMUNICATIONS INDEX

Project: SPPS-CCTV Camera and NVR Installation 270500-1 SPPS #: 0700-18-04 Common Work Results for Communications


SECTION 270500 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Division 27 Sections, Drawings and Details. C. Technology Room Demolition Schedule attached.

1.2 SUMMARY A. Section Includes:

1. Common Requirements specifically relevant to Division 27. 2. General Division 27 Project Conditions. 3. Common Division 27 Submittal Requirements. 4. General Division 27 Project Coordination. 5. Division 27 Substitution Requirements. 6. Division 27 Permits, Licenses, Inspections and Fees. 7. Division 27 Standards and Regulations. 8. General Performance Requirements. 9. Cleaning. 10. Sleeves for pathways and cables. 11. Firestopping. 12. Wireguards. 13. Common communications requirements.

B. This Common Work Results Section applies to all Division 27 Sections.

1.3 GENERAL PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. The building will be in use throughout the year. Contractor is responsible for maintaining services and systems in all spaces being used for by the Owner throughout the entire project.

B. The building has existing operational telecommunications systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project

C. Contractor shall examine all areas and conditions under which all systems are to be installed and notify the consultant in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Contractor should not proceed with that portion of the work affected until conditions have been corrected.

D. If the drawings or specifications require work to be done in a manner which in the Communications Contractor’s opinion makes it impossible to produce first-class work, he is expected to request an interpretation from the Consultant before proceeding with the work. If the Contractor fails to make such a request, no excuse will thereafter be entertained for failure to execute work in a satisfactory manner.

E. If discrepancies are discovered in or between drawings and specifications, contractor is deemed to have included his cost on the more expensive material or method of doing the work unless he has, before submitting his bid, asked for and received a written decision clarifying which material or method will be required.

F. The intent of these specifications is to establish a standard of quality, function and features. It is the responsibility of the bidder to insure that the proposed product meets or exceeds every standard set forth in these specifications.

G. Contractor shall provide temporary cabling and connections to maintain functional systems during construction. Contractor shall review schedule and phasing plans prior to bidding to ensure all systems functionality.



1.4 COMMON SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Refer to the Division 1 for submittal definitions, requirements, and procedures. B. All Product Data and Manuals shall be bound in vinyl covered three ring binders with

tabs for each section for easy reference. C. Contractor shall organize product data and shop drawings so that product data cut

sheets correspond with the order they appear in each section. Product data and shop drawings shall be bound and provided in such quantity as directed by the consultant.

D. Shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only when submitted by the Contractor. Shop drawings, product data, and samples submitted directly to the Telecommunications Consultant from manufacturers, material suppliers or subcontractors will not be reviewed.

E. Product Data: Contractor shall provide product data and cut sheets for each type of product specified with the part number clearly identified.

F. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall provide shop drawings as required. G. Samples may be required to verify submittal. Samples shall be available until the

material is on the site. Samples will be properly cared for, but neither the Owner nor the Consultant will be responsible for loss or damage caused by testing within typical parameters or for accidents. Samples shall be in specified finish, minimum one for each size, configuration and technical feature.

H. Qualification Data: Contractor shall provide qualifications as required. I. Warranty Manual: Provide three(3)Warranty Manuals containing warranty information

on all material and labor provided. Contractor shall submit and show submittal of all applicable warranty and registration information to appropriate manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide statement(s) of warranty and include contacts for the contractor’s one year warranty. Refer to Division 1 for procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of Warranty documents

J. Project Record Documents: Refer to Division 1 for procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of Project record documents.

K. Operation and Maintenance Data Manual: Refer to Division 1 for procedures and requirements for preparation and submittal of operation and maintenance manuals.

1.5 GENERAL PROJECT COORDINATION

A. Contractor shall be required to attend all project management and construction meetings.

B. Coordinate and Construct Work in sequence under provisions of Division 1 “Summary of Work”.

C. Verify and coordinate arrangement, mounting, support, and installation of communications equipment: 1. With other building systems and components. 2. To allow maximum possible headroom unless specific mounting heights that reduce

headroom are indicated and to facilitate maintenance, repair and replacement of equipment components.

3. To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment with minimum interference to other installations.

4. To allow right of way for piping and conduit installed at required slope. 5. So connecting pathways, cables, wireways, cable trays and busways will be clear of

obstructions and of the working and access space of other equipment. 6. With final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements

of the actual equipment to be connected. 7. For efficient flow of the Work.



D. Coordinate installation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast-in-place concrete, masonry walls, and other structural components as they are constructed.

E. Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to provide accommodation for the installation of communications equipment and materials

F. Coordinate location of access panels and doors for communications items. G. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of

firestopping. H. The buildings may be in use during construction operation. The Contractor shall employ

such methods or means as will not cause interruption of, or interference with, the owner’s scheduled use of the building and will maintain existing systems in operation within all rooms of the building at all times.

I. For areas under renovation, coordinate all installation activities with the Owner and other trades for renovations of architectural, mechanical, and/or electrical facilities. The Contractor shall employ such methods or means as will not cause interruption of, or interference with, the work of any other contractor.

J. Moving or removing any facility must be done so as not to cause interruption of the project work or of the building’s operation.

K. Disruption of critical services will require after hour or weekend working constraints. L. Existing communication services shall be interrupted only with consent from Owner. An

advance warning time of Ten(10) working days shall be given. Such interruptions shall be preceded by all possible preparations which will minimize down time to expedite that particular phase of the work pursuant to good workmanship. This shall be done at regular and premium time as approved by Owner without additional expense to Owner.

M. Coordinate all moves, adds changes, or installations with staff using the current systems, to ensure that service is not interrupted. Any moves, adds or changes requiring system shutdown or re-configuration shall be scheduled with staff at each site and appropriate District staff a minimum of ten (10) days in advance

N. Adjust work schedule within reason, as per direction of Owner, and coordinate with work or other trades in order to make portions of project available to Owner as soon as possible.

O. All expenses due to untimely or improperly coordinated work shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

P. Contractor shall provide and maintain a complete project schedule and timeline for all project activities including installation, inspection, and testing for each work activity in each building. The project schedule will be provided by the Contractor’s Project Manager at the first project meeting within one week of contract award. The project schedule and timeline shall be updated as appropriate and will be provided and reviewed at each weekly project meeting thereafter

Q. Coordinate layout and installation of systems with Owner and all other trades and service suppliers.

R. Coordinate telecommunications accesses, pathways and outlet locations with all other trades. Failure to do so will not be justification for additional compensation.

S. Coordinate telecommunications cabling system and outlet locations with the telephone system vendor, local Competitive Local Exchange Carrier(CLEC) and local Cable TV Provider. Failure to do so will not be justification for additional compensation.

T. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of a system, Contractor shall coordinate the receipt of all materials being furnished by Owner and ensure immediate installation of material. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system, only the part number listed is being provided. All necessary ancillary mounting hardware and cabling not included in product package or as specified elsewhere will be the responsibility of the contractor. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of a system, it will be stated as “Owner Provided.”



1.6 SUBSTITUTION REQUIREMENTS

A. The intent of these specifications is to establish a standard of quality, function and features. It is the responsibility of the bidder to insure that any product requested for prior approval meets or exceeds every standard set forth by the product listed in these specifications.

B. Requests for prior approval for materials or equipment shall be submitted by the Contractor to the consultant for review. Requests shall include all required submittals and shall be complete with reasons for request and savings which will accrue to Owner if products or equipment are approved. Products or equipment will be considered only if equal or superior to that specified.

C. Requests shall include the manufacturer's name and model numbers of such substitute equipment and materials, together with a minimum of two (2) printed and bound copies of Shop Drawings and product specification data.

D. Request must be received by the Consultant no less than Ten(10) Calendar days prior to Bid Opening.

E. To be “equal” or "equivalent" means to include the same performance qualities and characteristics and fulfill the serviceable function, including maintaining the components, as well as the ability to adequately service them, without any decrease in quality, durability and longevity, but not necessarily identical.

F. Approval of alternate or substitute equipment or material will in no way void the Contract Document requirements. Should, after installation, the alternate or substitute equipment or material not comply or operate as intended, the Consultant may require the contractor to remove and replace the material or equipment with specified materials at the consultant’s discretion.

G. Under no circumstances shall the Consultant be required to prove that an item proposed for substitution is not equal to the specified item. It shall be mandatory that the Contractor submit to the Consultant all evidence to support the contention that the item proposed for substitution is equal to the specified herein. Approval or rejection will be based exclusively upon the submitted information. The Consultant decision as to the equality or equivalency of equipment or material substitution shall be final and without further recourse. The Consultant has no obligation to give reason for not allowing substitution or to notify the submitting contractor.

H. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to assure that the substitute material and/or equipment fits into the space provided and the Contractor shall pay for all extra costs incurred by other trades for any and all changes necessitated by these substitutions.

I. The Contractor shall be liable for Consultant’s costs for review and for incorporation of accepted substitutions if the proposed substitutions require design modifications. The Engineer will bill the Contractor standard hourly rates for the time used to review substitutions and to incorporate proposed substitutions into design documents.

J. In the event that the Consultant is required to provide additional engineering services, solely for the convenience of the Contractor, as a result of substitution for equivalent materials or equipment by the Contractor, or changes by the Contractor in dimension, weight, power requirements, etc., of the equipment and accessories furnished, or if the Engineer is required to examine and evaluate any changes proposed by the Contractor, then the Consultant’s expenses in connection with such additional services shall be paid by the Contractor.

K. In the event that the substituted material or equipment causes additional work or costs for other contractors or other segments of this work or the owner, the costs in connection with such substitution shall be paid by the Contractor.

L. Contractors will be notified of approved substitute equipment or material via Addendum issued to all bidders.



M. Final approval of substitute equipment or alternate system shall be determined at the time of job completion. Failure to provide the "precise functional equivalent" shall result in the removal of the alternate system at the contractor's expense.

N. The functions and features specified are vital to the operation of this facility, therefore, the acceptance of alternate manufacturers does not release contractor from strict compliance with the requirements of this specification.

1.7 PERMITS, LICENSES, INSPECTIONS AND FEES

A. The Contractor shall obtain all required permits, licenses and inspections and shall pay

all legal and proper fees and charges including taxes, royalties, and other related charges. No work shall be started before obtaining all necessary permits and paying all required fees.

B. If required, the Contractor shall, at inception of the work, provide the Owner with copies of all required building and trade permits.

C. The Contractor shall furnish and file with the proper authorities all drawings required by them in connection with this work.

D. The Contractor shall be responsible for arranging all inspections and for securing all required signatures. Upon completion of the work, properly completed permits shall be returned to Owner, if any are required.

1.8 STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

A. All cabling, equipment and work shall conform to the most recent requirements of the

following codes, standards and organizations where applicable: 1. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 2. ASIS International(ASIS) 3. Building Industry Consulting Service International (BISCI) 4. Electronic Industries Association (EIA) 5. Federal Communications Commission (FCC) 6. Infocomm(ICIA). 7. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) 8. International Standards Organization (ISO) 9. National Electrical Code (NEC) 10. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 11. National Television Standards Committee (NTSC) 12. Society of Motion Picture and Television Engineers (SMPTE) 13. Telephone Industries Association (TIA) 14. International Building Code (IBC) 15. Underwriters Laboratories (UL) 16. State Building Codes. 17. County and City Building Codes. 18. Governmental Agencies having Jurisdiction.

1.9 CLEANING

A. Refer to Division 1 for general and final cleaning requirements. B. Contractor shall ensure that all work areas are cleaned and free of dust and debris at

the end of each work day.



PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.01 GENERAL

A. All product shall be new. Installation of used equipment is not allowed. B. Provide all necessary supplies, mounting hardware and accessories required to

properly install the materials specified. C. All products bid shall be the most current and up-to-date versions available, unless

otherwise specified. D. Provide written notification to the Consultant, prior to bidding, of any discrepancies in

model or part numbers specified. E. Provide written notification to the Consultant, prior to bidding, of the announced

discontinuation or replacement of any items specified herein. Additional compensation due to failure to notify the Consultant will not be permitted.

F. Systems shall include all incidental and insignificant items not specifically identified but which are necessary and essential for a complete and operational system.

G. All Components, Devices, and Accessories shall be Listed and labeled, by a qualified testing agency(UL), and marked for intended location and application.

H. All components shall comply with NFPA 70.

2.10 SLEEVES FOR PATHWAYS AND CABLES

A. Provide all necessary coring and sleeving required that are not noted on the drawings.

2.20 FIRESTOPPING

A. Provide firestop for all conduits and penetrations used and intended to be used for telecommunications cabling, utilize approved method to match penetration.

2.30 WIREGUARDS

A. Provide wireguards for protection of all devices and equipment that are likely to be damaged in areas where it is probable that the device will be hit by thrown objects.



PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.10 COMMON REQUIREMENTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS INSTALLATION A. Design and install all cabling, equipment, components and systems specified in

accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions and in compliance with all standards and regulatory requirements and recommendations referenced in Section 270500, 1.8 Standards and Regulations and as specified herein and on drawings. It will be the responsibility of the Communications Contractor to ensure equipment and cabling installed meets all specifications and standards defined herein.

B. Installation shall comply with NFPA 70. C. Install all incidental and insignificant items not specifically identified but which are

necessary and essential for a complete and operational system. D. All work must be completed on or before the date of substantial completion. E. Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all abandon telecommunications

systems components. F. Document serial numbers of all installed equipment and include in operation and

maintenance manuals. G. Install any necessary coring and sleeving not noted on the drawings. H. Install wireguards for protection of all devices and equipment that are likely to be

damaged in areas where it is probable that the device will be hit by thrown objects. I. The building has existing operational telecommunications systems. The contractor shall

maintain these systems throughout the project. J. Examine walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, equipment bases, and roof supports for suitable

conditions where equipment is to be installed. K. Install work in locations shown on Drawings, unless prevented by Project conditions. L. Contractor shall provide all necessary cutting, patching and painting of building

components to provide accommodation for the installation of Division 27 systems equipment and materials.

M. Communications Contractor is to furnish and install all necessary coring, sleeving and access panel required that are not noted on the drawings. Owner to approve all access panel locations prior to installation.

N. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-mounting items.

O. Headroom Maintenance: If mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent with these requirements.

P. Install equipment to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both communications equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.

Q. Equipment and cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Contractor shall replace all defective equipment, cabling and components.

R. All work requiring setup, programming or adjusting of equipment must be performed by factory authorized and trained personnel.

S. Provide protection for all equipment from damage, dust and debris at all times. Provide sealed protection of all components at each stage of installation to prevent damage of all components and to prevent dust and debris from entering any portion of any component.

T. All connections to the existing Systems shall be made by factory trained and authorized personnel. For current system maintenance vendor contact SPPS Facilities Project Manager, 651-744-1800.



END OF SECTION 270500

Project: SPPS-CCTV Camera and NVR Installation 270533-1 SPPS #: 0700-18-04 Telecommunications Pathway


SECTION 270533 – CONDUITS, RACEWAY AND BACKBOXES FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS

PART 1- GENERAL

1.10 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section. B. Related Sections:

1. 270500 Common Work Results for Communications 2. 271151 Telecommunications Cabling System 3. 278230 CCTV System

1.20 SUMMARY A. This section specifies the furnishing, installation and connection of conduit and

raceway, fittings, boxes for a complete pathway system. Pathways are required for all telecommunications cabling as indicated in Section 271151.

B. Section Includes: 1. Pathways. 2. Pull and junction boxes. 3. Wall and ceiling outlet boxes. 4. Electrical metallic tubing and fittings. (EMT). 5. Flexible metal conduit and fittings. 6. Intermediate metal conduit and fittings. (IMC). 7. Non-metallic conduit and fittings, for underground use only. 8. PVC coated rigid steel conduit. 9. Rigid metal conduit and fittings. (RGS). 10. Surface raceways. 11. Conduit, Raceway and Box installation.

1.30 SECTION SPECIFIC CODES, STANDARDS AND REGULATIONS

A. In addition to Section 270500, 1.8. all material, equipment and work shall conform to the most recent requirements of the following codes, standards and organizations where applicable: 1. NFPA 70 – National Electrical Code, latest edition 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI) 3. ANSI C80.1 -Rigid Steel Conduit, Zinc-Coated 4. ANSI C80.3 -Electrical Metallic Tubing, Zinc-Coated 5. ANSI/NEMA FB 1 - Fittings and Supports for Conduit and Cable Assemblies 6. ANSI/NEMA OS 1 - Sheet-Steel Outlet Boxes, Device Boxes, Covers and Box

Supports 7. ANSI/NEMA TC 2 – Electrical Plastic Tubing (EPT) and Conduit (EPC-40 and 80) 8. ANSI/UL 1 – Flexible Metal Conduit 9. ANSI/UL 5 – Surface Metal Raceways and Fittings Surface Raceways and Fittings

for Use with Data, Signal, and Control Circuits 10. ANSI/UL 360 – Liquid-light Flexible Steel Conduit 11. ANSI/UL 467 – Electrical Grounding and Bonding Equipment 12. ANSI/UL 651 – Schedule 40 and 80 Rigid PVC Conduit, for underground use only. 13. ANSI/UL 797 – Electrical Metal Tubing 14. ANSI/UL 870 – Wireways, Auxiliary Gutters and Fittings 15. EMA TC 3 - PVC Fittings for Use with Rigid PVC Conduit and Tubing 16. NEMA 250 - Enclosures for Electrical Equipment 17. UL 6 – Rigid Metal Conduit



1.40 NOT USED 1.50 SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor shall organize product data and shop drawings so that product data cut sheets correspond in the order they appear in this section. Product data and shop drawings shall be bound and provided in such quantity as directed by the consultant.

B. Product Data: Contractor shall provide product data and cut sheets for each type of product specified with the part number clearly identified.

C. Shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only from by the Contractor. Shop drawings, product data, and samples submitted directly to the Consultant from manufacturers, material suppliers or subcontractors will not be reviewed.

D. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall provide shop drawings consisting of a complete list of equipment and materials, which will be used for the project, including manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, catalog cuts and installation instructions. Any other pertinent information necessary to determine the adequacy for the intended application.

E. Samples may be required to verify submittal. Samples shall be available throughout the project. Samples will be properly cared for, but neither the Owner nor the Consultant will be responsible for loss or damage caused by testing within typical parameters or for accidents. Samples shall be in specified finish, minimum one for each size, configuration and technical feature.

F. Qualification Data: If requested, contractor shall provide qualifications as specified. G. As-Built Drawings:

1. Provide two(2) Bond copies of as-built drawings. Turn over to Owner on or before substantial completion.

2. Provide two(2) copies of as-built drawings in electronic format on CD’s. Files are to be AutoCAD 2000 format. Turn over to Owner on or before substantial completion.

H. Operating, Maintenance and Warranty Manual: Provide two(2)Warranty Manuals containing warranty information on all material and labor provided. Contractor shall submit and show submittal of all applicable warranty and registration information to appropriate manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide statement(s) of warranty and include contacts for the contractor’s one year warranty. Include every piece of equipment by model number, manufacturer, serial number and location.

1.60 QUALIFICIATIONS

A. Contractor Qualifications: 1. Licensed to install power limited cabling systems in the State of Minnesota. 2. All contractor’s personnel on site shall have been trained in the types of systems

they are installing. If requested, the contractor shall provide documentation of training for any and all personnel on site.

3. Have a minimum of four(4) years of installation experience with projects of similar size and scope. If requested, the contractor shall provide references for installations of similar size and scope.

1.70 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Contractor shall familiarize himself and examine areas and conditions under which all systems are to be installed, and notify the consultant in writing of conditions detrimental to proper completion of the work. Contractor should not proceed with that portion of the work affected until conditions have been corrected.



B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install materials until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

C. The building has existing operational telecommunications systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project.

1.80 COORDINATION


B. Contractor shall provide and maintain a complete project schedule and timeline for all project activities including installation, inspection, and testing for each work activity in each building. The project schedule will be provided by the Contractor’s Project Manager at the first project meeting within one week of contract award. The project schedule and timeline shall be updated as appropriate and will be provided and reviewed at each weekly project meeting thereafter

C. Coordinate layout and installation of systems with Owner and all other trades and service suppliers.

D. Coordinate telecommunications accesses, pathways and outlet locations with electrical contractor. Failure to do so will not be justification for additional compensation.

E. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system, Contractor shall coordinate the receipt of all materials being furnished by Owner and ensure immediate installation of material. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system it will be stated as “Owner Provided.”

1.90 WARRANTY

A. Contractor shall provide a one(1) year warranty on all defective material and labor starting at the date of substantial completion. Contractor shall extend, as needed, all manufacturers warranty’s to one full year.

B. Contractor shall remedy defects and malfunctioning material and equipment within one business day after notification during the warranty period.

C. Warranty Inspection: Contractor shall conduct a site warranty review inspection one(1) month prior to the expiration of the warranty. The Contractor shall repair, modify and bring systems up to “as newly installed” parameters.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.00 GENERAL A. All product shall be new. Installation of used material is not allowed. B. Refer to Section 270500, 2.01 for additional general product requirements. C. Manufacturers: Firms regularly engaged in manufacture of conduit and raceway

systems, boxes and fittings of the types and sizes required, whose products have been in satisfactory use in similar service for not less than 10 years, unless otherwise indicated.

2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS A. Refer to Section 270500 for full substitution requirements. B. Requests for prior approval for materials or equipment shall be submitted by the

Contractor to consultant for review. Requests shall include all required submittals and shall be complete with reasons for request and savings which will accrue to Owner if products or equipment are approved. Products or equipment will be considered only if equal or superior to that specified.

C. Request must be received by the Consultant no less than Ten(10) Calendar days prior to Bid Opening.



2.10 PATHWAYS A. General Requirements: Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-569. B. Cable Support: NRTL(nationally recognized testing laboratory) labeled for support of

Category 6 cabling, designed to prevent degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. 1. Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets. 2. J-hooks shall be no less than one inch wide. 3. Quantity as required to support all cabling, spaced no more than four feet on

center.

2.20 NOT USED 2.30 BOXES 2.31 PULL AND JUNCTION BOXES

A. Boxes shall be galvanized sheet metal conforming to ANSI/NEMA OS 1 with screw-on cover and welded seams, stainless steel nuts, bolts, screws and washers.

B. Boxes larger than 12 inches in any dimension shall be panelboard code gauge galvanized steel with hinged cover.

C. Boxes shall be sized in accordance with NEC D. Provide cast-in-place, pre-cast concrete or die-molded fiberglass handholes/pull boxes

as per design for underground installations. Cast-in-place and pre-cast boxes shall be provided with reinforcing bars with material compressive strength no less than 11,000 psi and shall be approved by Owner/Consultant.

E. Quantities as required. F. Finish shall be painted where boxes are exposed. Refer to painting section for

additional requirements.

2.32 WALL AND CEILING BOXES A. Galvanized steel interior outlet wiring boxes of the type, shape and size, including

depth of box, to suit each respective location and installation; constructed with stamped knockouts in back and sides, and with threaded holes with screws for securing box covers or wiring devices. Minimum size shall be 4”x4” extra deep box with two gang mud ring.

B. Provide deep type cast metal weatherproof exterior outlet wiring boxes of the type, shape and size, including depth of box, with threaded conduit ends, cast metal face plate with spring-hinged waterproof cap suitably configured for each application, including face plate gasket and fasteners. Provide PVC type outlet boxes only in corrosive areas rated as NEMA 13X.

C. Outlet boxes in poured concrete shall be plenum type without any holes and with reset knockouts. Where extension rings are used to offset conduit between wall reinforcing steel, joint between extension ring and box shall be sealed to prevent concrete from entering box during pour.

D. Outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, compatible with outlet boxes, compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual situations.

E. Quantities as required.



2.40 CONDUITS, FITTINGS AND SURFACE RACEWAY 2.41 CONDUITS AND FITTINGS

A. Provide conduit and fittings for all Division 27 systems included in paragraph 1.10, B. B. Provide for each system indicated a complete assembly of conduit, tubing or duct with

fittings including, but not necessarily limited to, connectors, nipples, couplings, locknuts, bushings, expansion fittings, other components and accessories as needed to form a complete system of the same type.

C. Conduit fittings shall be designed and approved for the specific use intended. Conduit fittings, including flexible, shall have insulated throats or bushings. Rigid conduits shall have insulated bushings, unless grounding bushings are required by NEC Article 250. Grounding bushings shall have insulated throats.

D. Electrical Metallic Tubing shall be galvanized, coated on interior with smooth hard finish of lacquer, varnish or enamel, and fittings shall have a plastic insulated throat. Fittings shall be all steel set screw or compression type. Expansion fittings shall be OZ Type TX. Comply with NEC Article 358.

E. Flexible Metal Conduit and fittings shall only be used with Owner/Consultant specific direction. Flexible metal conduit and fittings be zinc-coated steel.

F. Intermediate Metal Conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized and fittings shall have a plastic insulated throat. Fittings shall be threaded type. Expansion fittings shall be OZ Type DX. Comply with NEC Article 348.

G. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall only be used with Owner/Consultant specific direction. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall be suitable for temperature rating of conductor but not less than 90°C. Nonmetallic conduit and fittings shall be molded of high impact PVC compound having noncombustible, nonmagnetic, non-corrosive and chemical resistant properties and shall be of the same manufacturer. Where located outdoors and above ground, the conduit and fittings shall be UV resistant. Solvent cement shall be of the same manufacturer as the conduit and shall be of the brush-on type. Spray solvents are prohibited. PVC coated metallic fittings shall not be permitted for PVC conduit connections. Crimp or set-screw type fittings are not acceptable. Comply with NEC Article 352.

H. Liquid-tight Flexible Conduit and fittings shall consist of single strip, continuous, flexible interlocked, double-wrapped steel, galvanized inside and outside, forming smooth internal wiring channel with liquid-tight covering of flexible polyvinyl chloride (PVC). It shall be furnished with a sealing O-ring where entering an enclosure subject to moisture. Where O-Rings are used, ground type bushings shall be used in the box or enclosure. Comply with NEC Article 350.

I. Rigid Metal Conduit shall be hot-dipped galvanized and fittings shall have a plastic insulated throat. Fittings shall be threaded type. Expansion fittings shall be OZ Type DX. Comply with NEC Article 344.

J. Minimum conduit size shall be 3/4 inch unless otherwise noted. K. Finish shall be painted where conduits and fittings are exposed. Refer to painting

section for additional requirements. L. Quantities as required.



2.42 SURFACE RACEWAY A. Surface metal raceway shall be factory pre-assembled including bases, removable

covers, devices, end plates, elbows, connectors, fittings and accessories. Comply with NEC Article 386.

B. Minimum size shall be Wiremold 700 series or larger. C. Covers shall be field removable by use of a standard screwdriver, without marring the

extrusion or cover finish. Provide device brackets for mounting standard single-gang or two-gang devices within the raceway system. Devices shall have the capacity of mounting flush or in conjunction with device faceplates

D. Provide a permanent, integral, grounded metallic dividing barrier to isolate the wiring compartments in the multi-outlet raceway system as applicable. Provide divider with fittings that maintain the separation of the raceway wiring compartments.

E. Color shall be Light Ivory. F. Quantities as required. G. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Wiremold. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.50 NOT USED 2.60 NOT USED 2.70 NOT USED 2.80 NOT USED 2.90 OTHER SYSTEMS AND PRODUCT 2.91 FIRESTOPPING

A. Firestopping: UL listed, utilize approved method to match penetration, firestop all conduits and penetrations used and intended to be used for telecommunications cabling.

B. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following: 1. 3M Fire Barrier CP 25WB+ Caulk 2. 3M Fire Barrier Moldable Putty+ 3. Nelson FSP Firestop Putty. 4. Prior approved equivalent.

2.92 CORING AND SLEEVING

A. Provide and install all needed coring and sleeving that are not indicated on drawings.

2.93 GROUNDING A. Comply with requirements and recommended practices of the NEC, TIA\EIA and BICSI

for grounding conductors, connectors and systems. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-B.



PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL

A. Install all cabling, equipment and components specified herein in accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions and in compliance with all standards and regulatory requirements and recommendations referenced in Section 270500 1.8 Standards and Regulations and paragraph 1.30 of this section. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure equipment installed meets all specifications and standards defined herein.

B. All work must be completed on or before the date of substantial completion. C. Contractor shall furnish and install any necessary coring and sleeving not noted on the

drawings. D. Examine walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, equipment bases, and roof supports for suitable

conditions where equipment is to be installed. E. Install products in accordance with the applicable requirements of NEC, NEMA and

NECA's National Electrical Installation Standards. F. Flattened, dented, or deformed conduit and raceway is not permitted. Damaged

conduits or raceway shall be removed and replaced. G. Conduit and raceway installation shall not encroach into the ceiling height head room,

walkways or doorways. H. Contract shall match existing pathway, conduit or surface raceway, that is prevalent in

area of work. Confirm with Owner and Consultant prior to installation. 3.10 NOT USED

3.20 CONDUIT INSTALLATION

A. Install conduit as required. B. Install telecommunications conduit a minimum of 24 inches from parallel power

raceways; avoid long parallel runs of telecommunications and power conduits to the extent practicable. When crossing power raceways, cross at a 90˚ angle.

C. Install telecommunications conduit a minimum of 12 inches from florescent lighting fixtures.

D. Cut conduit square using a saw or pipe cutter. De-burr cut ends. Threads for rigid metal conduit and IMC shall be deep and clean. Running threads shall not be used. Wipe plastic conduit clean and dry before joining. Apply full, even coat of cement with brush to entire area that will be inserted into fitting. Let joint cure for 20 minutes minimum. Spray type of cement is not acceptable.

E. Install conduit system from point of origin for outlets indicated, complete with support assemblies including all necessary hangers, beam clamps, hanger rods, turnbuckles, bracing, rolls, clips angles, through bolts, brackets, saddles, nuts, bolts, washers, offsets, pull boxes, junction boxes and fittings to ensure a complete functional pathway system. Where vertical drops of conduit are made to equipment in open space, the vertical conduit shall be rigidly supported.

F. Install rigid wall hot-dipped galvanized steel conduit or hot-dipped galvanized intermediate metal conduit for wall or floor penetrations; mechanical rooms, electrical rooms and exposed locations where there is a high potential subject to physical damage; exposed outdoor locations; damp locations.

G. EMT may be used in dry locations above grade and inside building in non-corrosive areas.



H. Install no more than the equivalent of three 90-degree bends between boxes. Use factory long radius elbows for bends in conduit larger than 2-inch size. Minimum communication conduit bend radius as follows (long radius):

Trade Size of Conduit Minimum Bend Radius, Inches

3/4 6 1 9 1-1/4 14

1-1/2 17 2 21 2-1/2 25 3 31 3-1/2 36 4 45

I. Install expansion fittings for raceway and conduit as required. J. Conceal conduits and raceways in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where

possible. Exposed cabling, cabling mounted to ceiling supports, conduit or other devices is not acceptable.

K. Install conduits parallel and supported on Unistrut, or equal, trapezes and anchored with split ring hangers, conduit straps or other devices specifically designed for the purpose. No raceways or boxes shall be supported using wire. Arrange conduit to maintain headroom and present a neat appearance. Conduit routes shall follow the contour of the surface it is routed on. Route exposed conduit and tray above accessible ceilings parallel and perpendicular to walls and adjacent piping. Maintain 12-inch clearance between conduit and heat sources, such as flues, steam pipes, and heating appliances. Wire ties or “wrap lock” are not permitted to support or secure conduit system.

L. Fittings shall be approved for grounding purposes or shall be bonded with appropriate copper grounding. Leave termination of such jumpers exposed.

M. Provide 200 lb. nylon cord full length in empty conduit. N. Paint exposed conduit as specified in Painting Section.

3.30 RACEWAY INSTALLATION

A. Install raceway as required. B. Install telecommunications raceway a minimum of 24 inches from parallel power

raceways; avoid long parallel runs of telecommunications and power conduits to the extent practicable. When crossing power raceways, cross at a 90˚ angle.

C. Install telecommunications raceway a minimum of 12 inches from florescent lighting fixtures.

D. Cut raceway square. De-burr cut ends. E. Use flathead screws to fasten channel to surfaces. Mount plumb and level. F. Install raceway system from point of origin for outlets indicated, complete with support

assemblies including all necessary hangers, clamps, bracing, clips, through bolts, brackets, nuts, bolts, washers, offsets, pull boxes, junction boxes and fittings to ensure a complete functional raceway system. Where vertical drops of raceway are made to equipment in open space, the vertical raceway shall be rigidly supported.

G. Use suitable insulating bushings and inserts at connections to outlets and corner fittings on multi-outlet assembly.

H. Maintain grounding continuity between raceway components to provide a continuous grounding path in accordance with the requirement of NEC.



3.40 INSTALLATION OF BOXES A. Provide boxes as required and as required for splices, taps, wire pulling, equipment

connections, and code compliance. Coordinate mounting heights and locations. Provide knockout plugs for unused openings.

B. Provide outlet box accessories as required for each installation, including mounting brackets, wallboard hangers, extension rings, fixture studs, cable clamps and metal straps for supporting outlet boxes, compatible with outlet boxes being used and meeting requirements of individual situations.

C. Locate and install boxes to allow access, minimum 12 inches above ceiling except where space dimensions do not allow.

D. Do not install boxes back-to-back in walls. Provide minimum 6-inch separation. Provide minimum 24-inch separation in acoustic-rated walls.

E. Secure boxes rigidly to the structure on which they are being mounted, or solidly imbed boxes in concrete or masonry. Do not support junction boxes from the raceway systems. Boxes shall not be permitted to move laterally. Boxes shall be secured between two studs. Boxes connected to one stud are not permitted.

F. Install minimum of 2-gang boxes. Do not use sectional boxes. G. Install boxes in walls and ceilings without damaging insulation.

3.50 FIRESTOPPING

A. Comply with national, state and local code requirements. B. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-568, "Firestopping." C. Install UL listed firestopping. Utilize approved method to match penetration, firestop all

conduits and penetrations used and intended to be used for telecommunications pathway.

3.60 GROUNDING

A. Comply with requirements and recommended practices of the NEC, TIA\EIA and BICSI for grounding conductors, connectors and systems.

B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-B. C. Comply with equipment manufacturers grounding instructions and recommendations. D. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG

equipment grounding conductor.




Project: SPPS-CCTV Camera and NVR Installation 271151-1 SPPS #: 0700-18-04 Telecommunications Cabling System


SECTION 271151 - TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL

1.10 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Related Sections: 1. 270500 Common Work Results for Communications 2. 270533 Conduit, Raceway and Boxes for Telecommunications Systems 3. 278230 CCTV System


1. Pathways. 2. UTP cabling. 3. OM4 50/125-micrometer laser optimized optical fiber cabling. 4. Cable connecting hardware, patch panels, and cross-connects. 5. Telecommunications outlets/connectors. 6. Cabling system Installation. 7. Cabling management system and system identification products. 8. Cabling system management training.

1.30 TELECOMMUNICATIONS CABLING SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Contractor shall furnish, install and test all necessary material and labor for a Category

6 cabling system as specified herein and on drawings. B. Contractor shall furnish, install and test all necessary material and labor for a

Telephone Backbone Cabling system as specified herein and on drawings. C. Contractor shall furnish, install and test all necessary material and labor for an OM4,

laser optimized 4700 MHz\km 50\125 micron Data Backbone Cabling system as specified herein and on drawings.

D. Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all abandon telecommunications cabling system components.

E. The building has existing operational telecommunications, building automation, card access and Audio Visual systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project.

F. Contractor shall provide temporary cabling and connections to maintain functional systems during construction. Contractor shall review schedule and phasing plans prior to bidding to ensure all systems functionality.

G. Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary coring and sleeving. H. Contractor shall provide Cabling System Management Training as specified herein. I. The maximum allowable horizontal cable length is 295 feet (90 m). This maximum

allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet (4.9m) to the workstation equipment. The maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet (4.9 m) in the horizontal cross-connect.

J. All connections to the existing Systems shall be made by factory trained and authorized personnel. For current system maintenance vendors contact SPPS Facilities Project Manager, 651-744-1800.

K. Contractor shall install Owner Provided Network Equipment specified herein, as indicated on drawings and as instructed by owner and consultant.

L. Provide protection for all equipment from damage, dust and debris at all times. Provide sealed protection of all components at each stage of installation to prevent damage of components and prevent dust and debris from entering any portion of any component.



1.40 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS A. General Performance: Cabling system shall comply with transmission standards in the

most recent TIA/EIA-568 and all associated Technical Services Bulletins and Addendum, when tested according to test procedures of this standard.

1.50 SUBMITTALS

A. Contractor shall organize product data and shop drawings so that product data cut sheets correspond in the order they appear in this section. Product data and shop drawings shall be bound and provided in such quantity as directed by the consultant.


C. Shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only from by the Contractor. Shop drawings, product data, and samples submitted directly to the Consultant from manufacturers, material suppliers or subcontractors will not be reviewed.

D. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the following: 1. System Labeling Sample. 2. Cabling administration drawings and printouts. 3. Backboard layout drawings. 4. Wiring diagrams to show typical wiring schematics, including the following:

a. Cross-connects. b. Patch panels. c. Patch cords.

5. Cross-connects and patch panels. Detail mounting assemblies, and show elevations and physical relationship between the installed components.

6. Dimensions of product provided. 7. Any other pertinent information necessary to determine the adequacy for the

intended application. E. Samples may be required to verify submittal. Samples shall be available throughout

the project. Samples will be properly cared for, but neither the Owner nor the Consultant will be responsible for loss or damage caused by testing within typical parameters or for accidents. Samples shall be in specified finish, minimum one for each size, configuration and technical feature.




H. Warranty Manual: Provide two(2)Warranty Manuals containing warranty information on all material and labor provided. Contractor shall submit and show submittal of all applicable warranty and registration information to appropriate manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide statement(s) of warranty and include contacts for the contractor’s one year warranty. Include every piece of equipment by model number, manufacturer, serial number and location.



I. Operating and Maintenance Manual: Provide two(2) Operating and Maintenance Manuals containing the following; 1. Descriptions and normal operating procedures for all equipment. 2. Backboard and Rack Layouts. 3. Riser Diagrams. 4. Proof of calibration for all testing equipment. 5. Complete set of test results. Contractor shall bind test results in three ring

binders with horizontal cabling test results first, copper backbone test results second, and fiber optic test results last. Include: a. Proof of performance. b. Testing parameters. c. TIA\EIA parameters.

6. Provide one electronic copy of all test results on CD. Include a licensed copy of the viewing software on each CD.

J. Training Manual: Contractor shall provide one(1) training manual containing the attendance sign-in sheets for the training sessions listing time, date, duration, subjects covered, names and signatures.

K. Training Video: Contractor shall provide one(1) training video showing the actual training completed for this project. Video shall be submitted with the Training Manual.

1.60 QUALIFICIATIONS

A. Contractor Qualifications: 1. Licensed to install power limited cabling systems in the State of Minnesota. 2. All contractor’s personnel on site shall have been trained in the types of systems



B. Testing Qualifications: 1. Contractor shall own equipment and utilize staff trained on the operation of the

following; a. Fluke DSX-5000, LanTEK-III or prior approved equal. b. Fluke OptiFiber PRO, FiberTEK III or prior approved equal. c. Progressive Electronics 200 series Inductive Amplifier or equal. d. Progressive Electronics 77 or 600 series Tracer Toners or equal.



B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

C. The building has existing operational telecommunications systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project.



1.80 COORDINATION


B. Contractor shall provide and maintain a complete project schedule and timeline for all project activities including installation, inspection, and testing for each work activity in each building. The project schedule will be provided by the Contractor’s Project Manager at the first project meeting within one week of contract award. The project schedule and timeline shall be updated as appropriate and will be provided and reviewed at each weekly project meeting thereafter

C. Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications cabling systems with Owner and all other trades and service suppliers.

D. Coordinate telecommunications accesses, pathways and outlet locations with electrical contractor. Failure to do so will not be justification for additional compensation.

E. Coordinate telecommunications cabling system and outlet locations with the telephone system vendor and local Competitive Local Exchange Carrier(CLEC). Failure to do so will not be justification for additional compensation.

F. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system, Contractor shall coordinate the receipt of all materials being furnished by Owner and ensure immediate installation of material. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system it will be stated as “Owner Provided.”

1.90 WARRANTY

A. Contractor shall provide a one(1) year warranty on all defective material and labor

starting at the date of substantial completion. Contractor shall extend, as needed, all manufacturers warranty’s to one full year.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.00 GENERAL A. All product shall be new. Installation of used equipment is not allowed. B. Refer to Section 270500, 2.01 for additional general product requirements. C. Connectivity products shall be by the same approved connectivity manufacturer.

2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Refer to Section 270500 for full substitution requirements. B. Requests for prior approval for materials or equipment shall be submitted by the





2.10 PATHWAYS A. General Requirements: Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-569. B. Cable Support: NRTL(nationally recognized testing laboratory) labeled for support of

Category 6 cabling, designed to prevent degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. 1. Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets. 2. J-hooks shall be no less than one inch wide. 3. Quantity as required to support all cabling, spaced no more than four feet on

center.

2.20 BACKBOARDS A. Backboards: ACX Plywood, fire-retardant treated, 3/4 by 48 by 96 inches, painted on

all sides with two coats of ANSI 61 gray enamel. Quantity as required to complete cover walls of wiring closets when mounted horizontally.

2.30 UTP CABLE: All cabling shall be plenum rated. 2.31 HORIZONTAL UTP CABLE

A. Provide 100-ohm, 4-pair UTP, all FEP constructed, white jacketed, Category 6 cable exceeding the most recent TIA/EIA-568 Category 6 specifications by a minimum of 6 dB.

B. Quantities as required to install one cabling run per jack/Camera. C. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Berk-Tek. 2. General GenSpeed. 3. prior approved equivalent.

2.32 NOT USED 2.33 NOT USED 2.34 NOT USED 2.35 UTP PATCH CORDS

A. Provide 100-ohm, UTP, RJ45 to RJ45, TIA\EIA 568A pinout, Category 6 cable exceeding the most recent TIA/EIA-568 Category 6 specifications by a minimum of 6 dB.

B. Length: 3 foot plus two each of 3, 5 and 7 foot per TR. C. Quantity: One per patch panel/camera port plus one of each length per TR. D. Color: Multiple, confirm patch cord colors with owner prior to ordering. E. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Panduit. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.36 UTP WORKSTATION CORDS

A. Provide 100-ohm, UTP, RJ45 to RJ45, TIA\EIA 568A pinout, Plenum jacketed, Category 6 cable exceeding the most recent TIA/EIA-568 Category 6 specifications by a minimum of 6 dB.

B. Length: Equal quantity of 7, 10 and 15 foot. C. Quantity: One per data jack/camera plus an additional one of each length. D. Color: Multiple, confirm workstation cord colors with Owner prior to ordering. E. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Panduit. 2. prior approved equivalent.



2.40 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS 2.41 TELECOMMUNICATIONS OUTLETS AND ASSEMBLIES

A. Provide eight pin, eight conductor, TIA\EIA 568A pinout, Category 6 cable exceeding the most recent TIA/EIA-568 Category 6 specifications by a minimum of 6 dB.

B. Color: Light Ivory. C. Quantity: One per data jack and one per telephone jack as shown on drawings. D. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Panduit CJ688TGIW. 2. prior approved equivalent.

E. Surface Mount Box: Light Ivory in color and must accept jack modules. Quantity as required. Provide products by one of the following: 1. Panduit CBX2IW-A. 2. prior approved equivalent.

F. Blank Modules: Light Ivory in color. Quantity as required to cover unused faceplate openings. Provide products by one of the following: 1. Panduit CMBIW-X. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.42 UTP PATCH PANELS AND WIRE MANAGEMENT

A. Provide 24 and 48 port flush mount patch panels with vertical numbering. Include eight pin, eight conductor modular jacks, one per port, TIA\EIA 568A pinout, Category 6 exceeding the most recent TIA/EIA-568 Cat. 6 specifications by a minimum of 6 dB.

B. Include strain relief bars and all necessary accessories and mounting hardware. C. Quantity: As require to terminate Horizontal UTP Cabling as shown on drawings. D. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Panduit DP48688TGY and DP24688TGY. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.50 FIBER CABLE: All cabling shall be plenum rated. 2.51 BACKBONE OPTICAL FIBER CABLE

A. Description: OM4 Multimode, 50/125-micrometer, 24 strand fiber, loose tube, armored, plenum rated, aqua in color, laser optimized optical fiber cable exceeding the most recent TIA/EIA-568 specifications.

B. Cable cordage jacket, fiber, unit, and group color shall be according to TIA/EIA-598-B. C. Imprinted with fiber count, fiber type, and aggregate length at regular intervals not to

exceed 40 inches. D. Minimum Effective Modal Bandwidth: 4700 MHz-km at 850 nm. E. Minimum OFL modal bandwidth: 3500 MHz-km at 850 nm; 500 MHz-km at 1300 nm. F. Quantities as required to install one 24 strand cable between Main TR and TR’s if

indicated as NEW on drawings. G. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Corning. 2. General. 3. Hitachi. 4. prior approved equivalent.



2.52 FIBER PATCH CORDS A. Description: Factory made, OM4, multimode, 50/125-micrometer, dual fiber, aqua in

color, laser optimized optical fiber patch cord. B. Length: Six feet. C. Quantity:

1. LC to LC: Two per Wiring Closet plus two additional. 2. SC to LC: Two per Wiring Closet. 3. SC to SC: Two.

D. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following: 1. Panduit. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.60 FIBER CABLE HARDWARE AND TERMINATIONS 2.61 OPTICAL FIBER CABLE HARDWARE

A. Description: 19” rack mounted patch panel enclosure. Include all necessary panels, couplers and blanks for terminating all fiber optic cabling. Include rack mount hardware and all other necessary accessories and hardware.

B. Quantities as required for termination of Optical Fiber Cabling. C. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Panduit FMD2 . 2. prior approved equivalent.

D. Fiber Optic Cable Connecting Hardware: 1. Comply with Optical Fiber Connector Intermateability Standards (FOCIS)

specifications of TIA/EIA-604-2, TIA/EIA-604-3-A, and TIA/EIA-604-12. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-568.

2. Quick-connect, simplex and duplex, LC Type connectors. Insertion loss not more than 0.75 dB.

3. Quantities as required for termination of Optical Fiber Cabling. 4. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Corning. b. Panduit. c. Prior approved equivalent.

2.70 RACKS, CABINETS AND HARDWARE 2.71 RACKS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Description: Width compatible with EIA 310 standard, 19-inch panel mounting, freestanding, modular-steel units designed for telecommunications terminal support and coordinated with dimensions of units to be supported. Include vertical and horizontal cable management channels on front and rear of rack and all necessary panels, blanks, mounting hardware, rack mount grounding hardware and all other necessary accessories and hardware. Provided a minimum of 100 additional rack screws per Rack after equipment is installed.

B. Four Post Equipment Rack: 7 foot X 19” floor mounted steel equipment rack, black in color. 1. Quantity: NONE REQUIRED.. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Panduit R4P. b. Prior approved equivalent.

C. Equipment Rack: 7 foot X 19” floor mounted steel equipment rack, black in color. 1. Quantity: NONE REQUIRED. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:




D. Rack Cable Manager: Provide 7 foot X 6” two sided vertical cable and patch cord manager with hinged doors, black in color, install on each rack. 1. Quantity: One per Wiring Closet plus one per rack. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Panduit PRV6 with PRD6. b. Prior approved equivalent.

E. Power Strip: 1U Rack Height, 120v Input and Output, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per rack and cabinet. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Leviton 5500-190 Rackmount. b. Prior approved equivalent.

F. Ground Rail: 19” ground rail, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per rack and cabinet. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Chatsworth 10610-019. b. Hoffman DG19. c. Prior approved equivalent.

G. Equipment Shelf: 19”(w) X 15”(D), black in color, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per TR. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Panduit SRM19FM2. b. Prior approved equivalent.

H. Center Weighted Equipment Shelf: 19”(w) X 12”(D), black in color, install in each rack. 1. Quantity: One per equipment rack. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Panduit SRM19CMV3. b. Prior approved equivalent.

2.72 LADDER RACK AND ACCESSORIES

A. Description: Ladder rack shall be manufactured from 3/8” wide by 1-1/2” high tubular steel with .065” wall thickness. Ladder rack (side stringers) will be 9’-11½” long. Cross members will be welded in between stringers on 12” centers beginning 5-3/4” from one end so that there are 10 cross members per ladder rack. There will be 10-1/2” of open space in between each cross member. Include splice kits and appropriate support and mounting hardware. Include grounding hardware and all other necessary accessories and hardware.

B. Ladder Rack: Black in color. 1. Quantity: As required for cable capacity and as indicated on drawings and details. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Chatsworth 10250-712 or wider. b. Prior approved equivalent.

2.73 CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Description: Width compatible with EIA 310 standard, 19-inch panel mounting, wall mounted, modular-steel units designed for telecommunications terminal support and coordinated with dimensions of units to be supported. Include vertical and horizontal cable management channels on front and rear of rack and all necessary panels, blanks, mounting hardware, rack mount grounding hardware and all other necessary accessories and hardware. Provided a minimum of 10 additional rack screws per cabinet after equipment is installed.



B. Wall Mount Data Cabinet: H23.13” X D20.16 X W21.25” wall mounted steel equipment rack with locking plexiglass door, keyed alike, off white in color. 1. Quantity: NONE REQUIRED. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Elma/Stantron WCF192114PLF. b. Prior approved equivalent.

C. Power Strip: 1U Rack Height, 120v Input and Output, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per cabinet. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Leviton 5500-190 Rackmount. b. Prior approved equivalent

D. Ground Rail: 19” ground rail, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per cabinet. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Chatsworth 10610-019. b. Prior approved equivalent.

2.80 NOT USED 2.90 OTHER SYSTEMS AND PRODUCT 2.91 FIRESTOPPING





2.93 GROUNDING A. Comply with requirements and recommended practices of the NEC, TIA\EIA and BICSI

for grounding conductors, connectors and systems. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-B.

2.94 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS

A. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-606 and UL 969 for labeling materials, including label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers.

2.95 CABLE SYSTEM MANAGEMENT TRAINING

A. Cable System Management Training: provide at least two sessions of a minimum of four hours each to instruct site staff on cabling system and system management. Session shall be video recorded and included in final project submittals. Refer to 1.50 Submittals, J and K for other requirements.



PART 3 – EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL

A. Install all cabling, equipment and components specified herein in accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions and in compliance with all standards and regulatory requirements and recommendations referenced in Section 270500 1.8 Standards and Regulations. It will be the responsibility of the Communications Contractor to ensure equipment and cabling installed meets all specifications and standards defined herein.

B. All work must be completed on or before the date of substantial completion. C. Existing cabling in areas not having remodeling shall be maintained. D. Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all abandon telecommunications cabling

system components. E. Contractor shall document serial numbers of all installed equipment and include in

operation and maintenance manuals. F. Contractor shall furnish and install any necessary coring and sleeving not noted on the

drawings. G. The building has existing operational telecommunications, building automation, card

access and AV systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project.

H. Examine walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, equipment bases, and roof supports for suitable conditions where equipment is to be installed.

I. Contractor shall remove and turn over to owner all abandon and unused network equipment.

J. All connections to the existing Systems shall be made by factory trained and authorized personnel. For current system maintenance vendors contact SPPS Facilities Project Manager, 651-744-1800.

K. The contractor shall be responsible for providing a complete functional system including all necessary components and programming.

L. Contractor shall provide temporary cabling and connections to maintain functional systems during construction. Contractor shall review schedule and phasing plans prior to bidding to ensure all systems functionality.

3.10 ENTRANCE FACILITIES

A. Contractor shall maintain backbone cabling with the protectors and demarcation point(MPOP) provided by telecommunications service provider and the telephone system vendor.

3.20 WIRING METHODS

A. Install conduit, raceway and boxes. B. Wiring Method: Install cables in raceways and cable trays except within consoles,

cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces, in attics, and in gypsum board partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal raceway and cables except in unfinished spaces.

C. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors where possible. Exposed cabling, cabling mounted to ceiling supports, conduit or other devices is not acceptable.

D. Where raceway is not furnished, provide J-hooks to support all cabling, space no more than four feet on center. J-hooks shall be no less than one inch wide.

E. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle cables to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use wire management and distribution spools. Ensure that tie wraps are not installed to tightly.



F. The maximum allowable horizontal cable length is 295 feet (90 m). This maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet (4.9m) to the workstation equipment. The maximum allowable length does not include an allowance for the length of 16 feet (4.9 m) in the horizontal cross-connect

3.30 INSTALLATION OF BACKBOARDS

A. Backboards: Install backboards with 96-inch dimension horizontal, 30” AFF. Butt adjacent sheets tightly, and form smooth gap-free corners and joints.

3.40 INSTALLATION OF CABLES

A. General Requirements for Cabling: 1. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-568. 2. Install 110-style IDC termination hardware unless otherwise indicated. 3. Terminate conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make

terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels. 4. Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding

48 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals.

5. Prevent straining connections, and prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer.

6. Bundle conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii.

7. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between terminations. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable.

8. Install a 10-foot-long service loop in the wiring closet room and a minimum of a 25’ service loop at the station end of the cable.

9. Pulling Cable: Monitor cable pull tensions to ensure manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions are not exceeded. Extreme care must be taken in handling, fishing, pulling and securing of all cabling to avoid damage to cabling and shielding. Avoid excessive and sharp bends.

10. Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications cabling systems with Owner and all other trades and service suppliers.

11. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items.

12. Install Data Cabinets as indicated on the drawings. 13. Do not removal old cabling and equipment until all new cabling fully tested,

connected and functioning.

B. UTP Cable Installation: 1. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-568. 2. Do not untwist UTP cables more than 1/2 inch (12 mm) from the point of

termination to maintain cable geometry. 3. All cabling shall be installed to nearest wiring closet on the same floor as the data

outlet as shown on drawings where possible. 4. Install Horizontal UTP cabling between data jacks and the nearest wiring closet as

specified. Each jack shall have a dedicated cabling run. Terminate onto jack at the station end and onto patch panels in the wiring closet.

5. Install UTP Patch Cords to connect Network Switches to Horizontal UTP Data Cabling Patch Panels. Label Patch Cords.



6. Install Horizontal UTP cabling between Camera Locations and the nearest wiring closet as specified. Terminate onto jacks at the Camera Location and onto Camera only patch panels in the wiring closet. Provide 25’ service loop at station end.

C. Optical Fiber Cable Installation: 1. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-568. 2. Cable to be terminated on connecting rack mounted hardware. 3. Install Backbone Fiber Cabling between the Main Wiring Closet and Wiring Closets. 4. Terminate with LC type connectors into Fiber Optic Patch Panel Enclosures. 5. Install Fiber Patch Cords to connect Network Switches to Backbone Fiber Cabling.

Label Patch Cords.

D. Wiring Closet Equipment Installation: 1. Install Equipment Rack and associated equipment and hardware and one

Equipment Rack and associated equipment and hardware in the Wiring Closets. 2. Install Network Equipment in Equipment Racks. Follow manufacturers

recommended installation procedures. 3. Relocate Network equipment as required to maintain functional systems. 4. Coordinate with Consultant, Owner and District authorized personnel for

programming and asset tagging of network equipment prior to installation. 5. Install Wall Mounted Data Cabinets where shown if indicated on the drawings. 6. Install grounding and bonding as specified. 7. Adjust and reconfigure existing data racks to accommodate new patch panels and

equipment. 8. Contractor shall coordinate open network switch ports in each TR with Owner and

Owners IT Department for connection of new NVRs and cameras.

E. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields. F. Separation from EMI Sources:

1. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-569 for separating unshielded copper voice and data communication cable from potential EMI sources, including electrical power lines and equipment.

2. Separation between open communications cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches.

3. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches.

4. Separation between communications cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches.

5. Separation between Communications Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or HP and Larger: A minimum of 48 inches.

6. Separation between Communications Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5 inches.



3.50 FIRESTOPPING A. Comply with national, state and local code requirements. B. Comply with the most recent TIA/EIA-568, "Firestopping." C. Install UL listed firestopping. Utilize approved method to match penetration, firestop all

conduits and penetrations used and intended to be used for telecommunications cabling.

3.60 GROUNDING


B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-B. C. Comply with equipment manufacturers grounding instructions and recommendations. D. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG

equipment grounding conductor. 3.70 IDENTIFICATION

A. Verify with Consultant and Owner prior to Labeling. B. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with the most recent

TIA/EIA-606 and as specified. C. Label Horizontal UTP Cabling, Patch Panels and jacks as follows: Closet – Patch

Panel – Patch Panel Port. Label both ends of all cabling runs with Panduit Pan-Ty or equivalent labels in permanent marker. Outlet Jacks are to be labeled with the same numbers used at the Patch Panels. Jacks within single faceplate shall be terminated onto adjacent patch panel ports. Example of Telecommunication Rooms: Label top of each rack with Telecom Room designation. Confirm room number with Owner IT Department PRIOR to labeling. 1A First Floor Telecom Room 1(1 of 2 on first floor). 1B First Floor Telecom Room 2(2 of 2 on first floor). 2A Second Floor Telecom Room 1(1 of 1 on second floor). 3B Third Floor Telecom Room 2(2 of 4 on third floor). 3D Third Floor Telecom Room 4(4 of 4 on third floor). Example of Patch Panel in all Telecommunication Rooms: Label top, left and right side of each Patch Panel with designation. A First Patch Panel. B Second Patch Panel. C Third Patch Panel. Example of Work Area Outlet Labeling: 1A-A-1 Terminated in First Floor Telecom Room 1(1 of 2), 1st cable/port of the 1st

Patch Panel(A). 1A-C-14 Terminated in First Floor Telecom Room 1(1 of 2), 14th cable/port of the 3rd

Patch Panel(C). 1B-B-10 Terminated in First Floor Telecom Room 2(2 of 2), 10th cable/port of the2nd

Patch Panel(B). 2A-D-36 Terminated in Second Floor Telecom Room 1(1 of 1), 36th cable/port of the

4th Patch Panel(D). 3A-A-8 Terminated in Third Floor Telecom Room 1(1 of 1), 8th cable/port of the 1st

Patch Panel(A). 3A-B-15 Terminated in Third Floor Telecom Room 1(1 of 1), 15th cable/port of the 2nd

Patch Panel(B).



D. Label Backbone UTP Telephone Cabling and 110 type blocks as follows: Closet – Pair Number. EXAMPLE: Pair 28 of the Backbone UTP Telephone Cabling installed from the Main wiring closet to wiring closet 2A. The 110 type block is to be labeled “2A-28.”

E. Label Backbone UTP Data Cabling and patch panels as follows: Closet – Cable Number. EXAMPLE: The 3rd cable of the Backbone UTP Data Cabling installed from the Main wiring closet to wiring closet 2. The Patch Panel is to be labeled “2-3.”

F. Label Backbone Fiber Optic Cabling and fiber optic patch panels as follows: Closet –

Fiber Strand Number. EXAMPLE: The 7th strand of the Backbone Fiber Optic Cabling installed from the Main wiring closet to wiring closet 3B. The Fiber Optic Patch Panel is to be labeled “3B-7.”

G. Label ALL Patch Cords with Panduit Pan-Ty or equivalent labels in permanent marker. H. Cabling Administration Drawings: Show building floor plans with cabling administration-

point labeling. Identify labeling convention and show labels for telecommunications closets, backbone pathways and cables, terminal hardware and positions, horizontal cables, work areas and workstation terminal positions, grounding buses and pathways, and equipment grounding conductors. Follow convention of the most recent TIA/EIA-606. Furnish electronic record of all drawings, in software and format selected by Owner.

I. Cable and Wire Identification: 1. Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mm) of each termination, where it is

accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Identification within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets:

Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware. Where similar jacks and plugs are used for both voice and data communication cabling, use a different color for jacks and plugs of each service.

J. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in the most recent TIA/EIA-606. Brother P-Touch, Casio EZ Label, Kroy DuraType or prior approved equivalent self-adhesive labels shall be utilized for all Outlet, Terminal Block and Patch Panel labeling. A sample shall be required for approval.



3.80 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. All tests are to be completed and the results are required to be submitted prior to

substantial completion. B. Perform tests and inspections. C. Tests and Inspections:

1. Label each cable within 4 inches. 2. Visually inspect UTP and optical fiber cable jacket materials for NRTL certification

markings. 3. Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for compliance

with color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for compliance with the most recent TIA/EIA-568.

4. Visually confirm cabling Category, marking of outlets, cover plates, outlet/connectors, and patch panels.

5. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components.

6. Test UTP backbone copper cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent faults, and polarity between conductors. Test cables after termination but not cross-connection.

7. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in the most recent TIA/EIA-568. Perform tests with a tester that complies with performance requirements in "Test Instruments" Annex, complying with measurement accuracy specified in "Measurement Accuracy" Annex.

8. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration.

9. UTP Performance Tests: Minimum Test for each outlet. Perform the following tests according to the most recent TIA/EIA-568: a. Wire map. b. Length (physical vs. electrical, and length requirements). c. Insertion loss. d. Near-end crosstalk (NEXT) loss. e. Power sum near-end crosstalk (PSNEXT) loss. f. Equal-level far-end crosstalk (ELFEXT). g. Power sum equal-level far-end crosstalk (PSELFEXT). h. Return loss. i. Propagation delay. j. Delay skew.

D. Optical Fiber Cable Tests: 1. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements in the most recent

TIA/EIA-568. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment manufacturer for channel or link test configuration.

2. Link End-to-End Attenuation Tests: a. Multimode backbone link measurements: Test at 850 and 1300 run in both

directions according to TIA/EIA-526-14-A, Method B, One Reference Jumper. b. Attenuation test results for backbone links shall be less than 2.0 dB.

Attenuation test results shall be less than that calculated according to equation in the most recent TIA/EIA-568.

3. Optical Fiber Cable Performance Tests: Perform optical fiber end-to-end link tests according to the most recent TIA/EIA-568.



E. Final Verification Tests: Perform verification tests for UTP and optical fiber systems after the complete communications cabling and workstation outlet/connectors are installed. 1. Voice Tests: These tests assume that dial tone service has been installed. Connect

to the network interface device at the demarcation point. Go off-hook and listen and receive a dial tone. If a test number is available, make and receive a local, long distance, and digital subscription line telephone call.

2. Data Tests: These tests assume the Information Technology Staff has a network installed and is available to assist with testing. Connect to the network interface device at the demarcation point. Log onto the network to ensure proper connection to the network.

F. Document data for each measurement. Data for submittals shall be printed in a summary report is saved, printed and submitted.

G. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. Contractor shall replace all defective cabling and components.

H. Prepare test and inspection reports to be included in the Operating and Maintenance Manual.

3.90 TRAINING

A. Train Owner's personnel in cable-plant management operations, including changing signal pathways for different workstations, rerouting signals in failed cables, keeping records of cabling assignments and revisions when extending wiring to establish new workstation outlets and reading and updating as-built drawings. Provide at least two sessions of a minimum of four hours each. Session shall be video recorded and included in final project submittals. Refer to 1.50 Submittals, J and K for other requirements.


Project: SPPS-CCTV Camera and NVR Installation 278230-1 SPPS #: 0700-18-04 CCTV System


SECTION 278230 - CCTV SYSTEM PART 1- GENERAL

1.10 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

B. Related Sections: 1. 270500 Common Work Results for Communications 2. 270533 Conduits, Raceway and Boxes for Telecommunications Systems 3. 271151 Telecommunications Cabling System


1. Pathways. 2. CCTV System Components and Installation. 3. Installation of CCTV equipment. 4. Miscellaneous cable connecting hardware. 5. Miscellaneous equipment mounting hardware. 6. System identification products. 7. CCTV management system. 8. CCTV system management training.

1.30 CCTV SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A. Contractor shall install, configure, program and test Owner Provided NVR and CCTV

Cameras. Including installation of most recent software and firmware updates and patches.

B. Contractor shall furnish, install and test all other necessary material and labor to provide a complete and operation CCTV system as specified herein and on drawings.

C. Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of all abandon CCTV system components. Confirm with owner prior to removing equipment.

D. The building has existing operational systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project. Contractor shall provide temporary cabling and connections to maintain functional systems during construction. Contractor shall review schedule and phasing plans prior to bidding to ensure all systems functionality.

E. Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of, or turn over to owner, all abandon existing CCTV system equipment. Confirm with Owner any CCTV equipment to be removed and turned over prior to disposal. Legally dispose of all other abandon components.

F. Contractor shall furnish and install all pathway and boxes. Contractor shall conceal all cabling and boxes within walls.

G. Contractor shall furnish and install any necessary coring and sleeving not noted on the drawings.

H. Contractor shall install new data cabling from NVR to wiring closets. I. Contractor shall install network switches in wiring closets. J. Contractor shall provide System Training as specified herein.

1.40 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Video Systems performance shall be tested and adjusted to meet or exceed all manufacturers’ published specifications.



1.50 SUBMITTALS A. Contractor shall organize product data and shop drawings so that product data cut

sheets correspond in the order they appear in this section. Product data and shop drawings shall be bound and provided in such quantity as directed by the consultant.


C. Shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only from the Contractor. Shop drawings, product data, and samples submitted directly to the Consultant from manufacturers, suppliers or subcontractors will not be reviewed.

D. Shop Drawings: Contractor shall provide shop drawings for the following: 1. System Labeling Sample. 2. Cabling administration drawings and printouts. 3. Backboard layout drawings. 4. Wiring diagrams to show typical wiring schematics. 5. Detail mounting assemblies, and show elevations and physical relationship

between the installed components. 6. Dimensions of product provided. 7. Any other pertinent information necessary to determine the adequacy for the

intended application. E. Samples may be required to verify submittal. Samples shall be available throughout

the project. Samples will be properly cared for, but neither the Owner nor the Consultant will be responsible for loss or damage caused by testing within typical parameters or for accidents. Samples shall be in specified finish, minimum one for each size, configuration and technical feature.




H. Warranty Manual: Provide two(2)Warranty Manuals containing warranty information on all material and labor provided. Contractor shall submit and show submittal of all applicable warranty and registration information to appropriate manufacturer. The Contractor shall provide statement(s) of warranty and include contacts for the contractor’s one year warranty. Include every piece of equipment by model number, manufacturer, serial number and location.

I. Operating and Maintenance Manual: Provide two(2) Operating and Maintenance Manuals containing the following; 1. Descriptions and normal operating procedures for all equipment. 2. Proof of calibration for all testing equipment. 3. Complete set of test results. Contractor shall bind test results in three ring

binders with test results. Include: a. Proof of performance. b. Testing parameters.

6. Provide one electronic copy of all test results on CD. Include a licensed copy of the viewing software.

J. Training Manual: Contractor shall provide one(1) training manual containing the attendance sign-in sheets for the training sessions listing time, date, duration, subjects covered, names and signatures.

K. Training Video: Contractor shall provide one(1) training video showing the actual training completed for this project. Video tape shall be submitted with the Training Manual.



1.60 QUALIFICIATIONS A. Contractor Qualifications:

1. Licensed to install power limited cabling systems in the State of Minnesota. 2. All contractor’s personnel on site shall have been trained in the types of systems



B. Testing Qualifications: 1. Contractor shall own equipment and utilize staff trained on the operation of the

following(most recent software and firmware version); a. Volt /Ohm Meter /Multi-meter. b. Laptop Computer and router with DHCP. c. Video Signal Generator/Video Analyzer. d. Progressive Electronics 200 series Inductive Amplifier or equal. e. Progressive Electronics 77 or 600 series Tracer Toners or equal.



B. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install cables and connecting materials until wet work in spaces is complete and dry, and temporary HVAC system is operating and maintaining ambient temperature and humidity conditions at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.

C. The building has existing operational systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project.

1.80 COORDINATION

A. Contractor shall be required to attend all project management and construction

meetings. B. Contractor shall provide and maintain a complete project schedule and timeline for all

project activities including installation, inspection, and testing for each work activity in each building. The project schedule will be provided by the Contractor’s Project Manager at the first project meeting within one week of contract award. The project schedule and timeline shall be updated as appropriate and will be provided and reviewed at each weekly project meeting thereafter

C. Coordinate layout and installation of CCTV system with Owner and all other trades and service suppliers.

D. Coordinate CCTV accesses, pathways and outlet locations with electrical contractor. Failure to do so will not be justification for additional compensation.

E. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system, Contractor shall coordinate the receipt of all materials being furnished by Owner and ensure immediate installation of material. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system, only the part number listed is being provided. All necessary ancillary mounting hardware and cabling not included in product package or as specified elsewhere will be the responsibility of the contractor. Should the owner provide any materials for any part of the system it will be stated as “Owner Provided.”



1.90 WARRANTY A. Contractor shall provide a one(1) year warranty on all defective material and labor

starting at the date of substantial completion. Contractor shall extend, as needed, all manufacturers warranty’s to one full year.



PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.00 GENERAL A. All product shall be new. Installation of used equipment is not allowed. B. Refer to Section 270500, 2.01 for additional general product requirements. C. Products shall be by the same approved CCTV manufacturer.

2.01 SUBSTITUTIONS

A. Refer to Section 270500 for full substitution requirements. B. Requests for prior approval for materials or equipment shall be submitted by the



2.10 PATHWAYS

A. General Requirements: Comply with NEC. B. Cable Support: NRTL(nationally recognized testing laboratory) labeled for support of

CCTV cabling, designed to prevent degradation of cable performance and pinch points that could damage cable. 1. Support brackets with cable tie slots for fastening cable ties to brackets. 2. J-hooks shall be no less than one inch wide. 3. Quantity as required to support all cabling, spaced no more than four feet on

center.

2.20 BACKBOARDS A. Backboards: If not provided by others, provide ACX Plywood, fire-retardant treated, 3/4

by 48 by 96 inches, painted on all sides with two coats of ANSI 61 gray fire retardant enamel paint. Quantity as required to cover all walls of wiring closets when mounted horizontally.

2.30 CABLE AND SIGNAL PROTECTION 2.31 HORIZONTAL UTP CABLE

A. Refer to Section 271151. B. All cabling and Workstation(camera) Cords shall be Plenum Rated.



2.32 SIGNAL PROTECTION A. Provide UL listed video and camera power cable protectors. Include all necessary

grounding/bonding. B. UL 497 listed for primary and secondary protection. C. Quantities as required to provide signal protection for all CCTV related cabling entering

or leaving the building. D. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Porta Systems. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.40 CCTV CAMERAS 2.41 INTERIOR/EXTERIOR CAMERA

A. Owner Provided CCTV Camera. B. Description: Vandal resistant 1/3 sensitivity MOS Sensor cameras. Camera shall be

IP66 rated water and dust resistant and have sensitivity of 0.06 lux (Color), 0.16 lux (B/W) at F1.6 with Adaptive Black Stretch and heater for exterior cameras. Included is a ceiling mount bracket.

C. Quantity as shown on drawings. D. Manufacturers: Product by one of the following:

1. Panasonic WV-SFV-S2211 with WV-Q174B Bracket or equivalent. 2. Panasonic WV-S2531L with WV-Q7118 and P(XX)484S Bracket or equivalent 3. prior approved equivalent.

2.42 PTZ CAMERA

A. Owner Provided Exterior CCTV Camera. B. Description: Super Dynamic Weather Resistant Camera with 1/3-inch high sensitivity

MOS image sensor. Camera shall be IP66 rated water and dust resistant and have sensitivity of 0.03 lux (Color), 0.004 lux (B/W) with Adaptive Black Stretch.

C. Include all necessary accessories and mounting hardware. D. Quantity as shown on drawings. E. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

1. Panasonic WV-SW598. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.50 CCTV NVR

A. Owner Provided Digital Video Recorder with Management and Monitoring Software. B. Description: NVR shall be capable of connecting up to 16 analog video inputs and 8IP

camera inputs, expandable to 64 IP cameras. NVR shall be equipped with at least 2 TB HDD.

C. Include all necessary accessories and mounting hardware. D. Quantity as required. E. Manufacturers: Provide product by one of the following:

1. Exacqvision (XX)04-(XX)T-R2A-E. 2. prior approved equivalent.

2.60 NOT USED



2.70 RACKS, CABINETS AND HARDWARE 2.71 RACKS AND ACCESSORIES

A. Description: Width compatible with EIA 310 standard, 19-inch panel mounting, freestanding, modular-steel units designed for telecommunications terminal support and coordinated with dimensions of units to be supported. Include vertical and horizontal cable management channels on front and rear of rack and all necessary panels, blanks, mounting hardware, rack mount grounding hardware and all other necessary accessories and hardware. Provided a minimum of 100 additional rack screws per Rack after equipment is installed.

B. Equipment Rack: 7 foot X 19” floor mounted steel equipment rack, black in color. 1. Quantity as required. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:


C. Power Strip: 1U Rack Height, 120v Input and Output, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per rack and cabinet. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Leviton 5500-190 Rackmount. b. Prior approved equivalent.

D. Ground Rail: 19” ground rail, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per rack and cabinet. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Chatsworth 10610-019. b. Hoffman DG19. c. Prior approved equivalent.

E. Equipment Shelf: 19”(w) X 14”(D), black in color, install in each rack and cabinet. 1. Quantity: One per rack and cabinet. 2. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following:

a. Panduit SRM19FM2. b. Prior approved equivalent.

2.80 NOT USED

2.90 OTHER SYSTEMS AND PRODUCT 2.91 FIRESTOPPING





2.93 GROUNDING A. Comply with requirements and recommended practices of the NEC and TIA\EIA for

grounding conductors, connectors and systems. B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A.



2.94 IDENTIFICATION PRODUCTS A. Comply with TIA/EIA-606-B and UL 969 for labeling materials, including label stocks,

laminating adhesives, and inks used by label printers.

2.95 SYSTEM MANAGEMENT TRAINING A. System Management Training: provide at least two sessions of a minimum of four

hours each to instruct site staff on cabling system and system management. Session shall be videotaped and included in final project submittals. Refer to 1.5 Submittals, J and K for other requirements.

2.96 EXTERIOR CABLE CONDUIT AND ENCLOSURE

A. Provide Liquid tight flexible metal conduit from structure to camera housing. All penetrations to the exterior of the buildings shall be properly caulked and sealed.

B. Provide 6 inch x 6 inch x 4 inch weatherproof enclosures for conduit and cable runs. Conduit entries to junction boxes shall be furnished with compression waterproof connectors. Manufacturers: Provide products by one of the following: 1. Hoffman A6R44 2. Prior approved equivalent.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.01 GENERAL A. Install all cabling, equipment and components specified herein in accordance with

manufacturers written installation instructions and in compliance with all standards and regulatory requirements and recommendations referenced in Section 270500 1.8 Standards and Regulations to provide a complete and operational system. It will be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure equipment and cabling installed meets all specifications and standards defined herein.

B. Contractor shall furnish and install all pathway and boxes not provided by others. Contractor shall conceal all cabling and boxes within walls. Any issues prohibiting the installation of cabling or boxes within walls shall be brought to the attention of the Construction Manager.

C. Provide programming of NVR as required to provide a complete and operational system.

D. The contractor shall program and configure NVRs, cameras and encoders. Programming shall include but not be limited to, defining descriptions for cameras, motion alarm monitor points, operating sequences, camera identification and naming, and motion control. Contractor shall download and install the most recent software, firmware and patches for all equipment.

E. The system shall be installed complete, functional and configured, with all hardware and software to provide a complete operating system.

F. Install power supplies, switches and other ancillary components in wiring closets. G. All work must be completed on or before the date of substantial completion. H. Contractor shall remove and legally dispose of, or turn over to owner, all abandon

existing CCTV system equipment. Confirm with Owner any CCTV equipment to be turned over prior to disposal. Legally dispose of all other abandon components.

I. Provide custom cover plates for openings at removed CCTV locations. J. Contractor shall document serial numbers of all installed equipment and include in

operation and maintenance manuals. K. Contractor shall furnish and install any necessary coring and sleeving not noted on the

drawings. L. Contractor shall coordinate open network switch ports in each TR with Owner and

Owners IT Department for connection of new NVRs and cameras.



M. The building has existing operational CCTV systems. The contractor shall maintain these systems throughout the project. Contractor shall provide temporary cabling and connections to maintain functional systems during construction. Contractor shall review schedule and phasing plans prior to bidding to ensure all systems functionality.

N. Examine walls, floors, ceilings, roofs, equipment bases, and roof supports for suitable conditions where equipment is to be installed.

O. If not provided by others, install backboards with 96-inch dimension horizontal, 30” AFF. Butt adjacent sheets tightly, and form smooth gap-free corners and joints.

P. Utilize Telecommunications Rooms as indicated on drawings and in Section 271151. Q. Contractor shall make final connections to equipment in the presence of the equipment

manufacturer’s representative. R. Provide all necessary connections to building network. Coordinate cabling and

connections with owner.

3.10 EXTERIOR SIGNAL PROTECTION A. Contractor shall provide and install signal protection for all CCTV related cabling

entering or leaving the building.

3.20 WIRING METHODS A. Install pathway and boxes. B. Wiring Method: Install cables in pathways and cable trays except within consoles,

cabinets, desks, and counters and except in accessible ceiling spaces, in attics, and in wall partitions where unenclosed wiring method may be used. Conceal cables except in unfinished spaces.

C. Wiring Method: Conceal conductors and cables in accessible ceilings, walls, and floors. Exposed cabling, cabling mounted to ceiling supports, conduit or other devices is not acceptable.

D. In ceilings, where raceway is not furnished, provide J-hooks to support all cabling, space no more than four feet on center. J-hooks shall be no less than one inch wide.

E. Wiring within Enclosures: Bundle cables to terminal points with no excess and without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii. Provide and use wire management and distribution spools. Ensure that tie wraps are not installed to tightly.

F. Cabling installed within telecommunications rooms shall be fastened with Velcro type cable ties.

3.30 INSTALLATION OF CAMERAS

A. Configuration of system, areas of coverage and viewing to meet the needs of the site and be coordinated and approved by owner and consultant.

B. Provide temporary test support at the approximate location of each camera as indicated on the drawings and connect to monitor or functional network. Adjust camera location, mounting and lens to provide required performance.

C. Install cameras as indicated on drawings, as coordinated and verified with owner and consultant and as indicated by the temporary location tests. Mount at elevation as approved by owner after location tests.

D. Coordinate all camera placements and coverage with owner and consultant. E. Locations that do not provide intended coverage or are obstructed are to immediately

be brought to the attention of the Owner, Construction Manager and Consultant. Cameras installed without testing and coordination that do not provide the intended coverage or have obstructions will be moved at the cost of the contractor.

F. Exterior cameras shall be both environmentally protected and heated. Provisions for preventing snow and ice build-up shall be included.

G. Brackets shall be mechanically fastened to building structure and further secured with safety cable.



3.40 INSTALLATION OF CABLES A. General Requirements for Cabling:

1. Comply with NEC and TIA/EIA. 2. Terminate conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make

terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, cross-connects, and patch panels. 3. Cables may not be spliced. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding

48 inches and not more than 6 inches from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals.

4. Prevent straining connections, and prevent bending cables to smaller radii than minimums recommended by manufacturer.

5. Bundle conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii.

6. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between terminations. Remove and discard cable if damaged and replace it with new cable.

7. Install a 10-foot-long service loop in the wiring closet room a 25-foot-long service loop at the station end of the cable.

8. Pulling Cable: Monitor cable pull tensions to ensure manufacturer's recommended pulling tensions are not exceeded. Extreme care must be taken in handling, fishing, pulling and securing of all cabling to avoid damage to cabling and shielding. Avoid excessive and sharp bends.

9. Coordinate layout and installation of telecommunications cabling systems with Owner and all other trades and service suppliers.

10. Cable shall not be run through structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items.

11. Install camera cable from new wiring closet to each camera. 12. All penetrations to the exterior of the buildings shall be properly caulked and

sealed. 13. Contractor shall install new data cabling from NVR to Data Rack. Two per NVR.

B. Wiring Closet Equipment Installation: 1. Install NVR and associated equipment and hardware in Equipment Rack. Follow

manufacturers recommended installation procedures. 2. Coordinate with Consultant, Owner and District authorized personnel for

programming and asset tagging of equipment prior to installation. 3. Contractor shall install of most recent software and firmware updates and patches. 4. The contractor shall program all features in the NVR systems for networked

operation. 5. Program and configure camera names and all preset positions. Current District

standard for programming camera label designation is as follows: Color-Yellow, Font-Bold Arial 10, Order- Name/Time/Date. Confirm camera naming convention with Owner and site. Ensure placement of onscreen text does not obscure view, coordinate position with owner.

6. Set sensitivity of motion detection and recording for all cameras. Connect and verify responses to motion.

7. Exterior Cameras shall be set to record at all times. 8. Interior cameras shall be programmed for motion record only. Set to record 2

seconds before motion and stop 2 seconds after motion. 9. Install viewing clients on up to three end user devices at each building. Confirm

with Owner prior to installation. 10. Programming and configuration shall include adding clients, setting client

permissions and access levels, downloading and any additional training recommended by manufacturer for successful operation of the systems.



11. Password levels shall be individually assigned to allow or disallow operator access to program functions for each location.

12. Install grounding and bonding as specified. C. Group connecting hardware for cables into separate logical fields. D. Separation from EMI Sources:

1. Separation between open cables or cables in nonmetallic raceways and unshielded power conductors and electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 5 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 24 inches.

2. Separation between cables in grounded metallic raceways and unshielded power lines or electrical equipment shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: A minimum of 2-1/2 inches. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 12 inches.

3. Separation between cables in grounded metallic raceways and power lines and electrical equipment located in grounded metallic conduits or enclosures shall be as follows: a. Electrical Equipment Rating Less Than 2 kVA: No requirement. b. Electrical Equipment Rating between 2 and 5 kVA: A minimum of 3 inches. c. Electrical Equipment Rating More Than 5 kVA: A minimum of 6 inches.

4. Separation between Cables and Electrical Motors and Transformers, 5 kVA or HP and Larger: A minimum of 48 inches.

5. Separation between Cables and Fluorescent Fixtures: A minimum of 5 inches. 3.50 FIRESTOPPING

A. Comply with national, state and local code requirements. B. Comply with TIA/EIA-569-A, Annex A, "Firestopping." C. Install UL listed firestopping. Utilize approved method to match penetration, firestop all

conduits and penetrations used and intended to be used for telecommunications cabling.

3.60 GROUNDING


B. Comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A. C. Comply with equipment manufacturers grounding instructions and recommendations. D. Bond metallic equipment to the grounding bus bar, using not smaller than No. 6 AWG

equipment grounding conductor.

3.70 IDENTIFICATION A. Verify room numbers with Consultant and Owner prior to Labeling. B. Identify system components, wiring, and cabling complying with TIA/EIA-606-B and as

specified. C. Identify each camera and associated termination point with the corresponding cable

label as specified in Section 271151. D. Cabling Administration Drawings: Show building floor plans with cabling administration-

point labeling. Identify labeling convention and show labels for cameras and cables, terminal hardware and positions, horizontal cables, grounding buses and pathways, and equipment grounding conductors. Follow convention of TIA/EIA-606-B. Furnish electronic record of all drawings, in software and format selected by Owner.



E. Cable and Wire Identification: 1. Label each cable within 4 inches (100 mm) of each termination, where it is

accessible in a cabinet or junction or outlet box, and elsewhere as indicated. 2. Identification within Connector Fields in Equipment Rooms and Wiring Closets:

Label each connector and each discrete unit of cable-terminating and connecting hardware.

F. Labels shall be preprinted or computer-printed type with printing area and font color that contrasts with cable jacket color but still complies with requirements in TIA/EIA-606-B. Brother P-Touch, Casio EZ Label, Kroy DuraType or prior approved equivalent self-adhesive labels shall be utilized for all Outlet, Terminal Block and Patch Panel labeling. A sample shall be required for approval.

3.80 TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect, test, and adjust field-assembled components and equipment installation, including connections and to assist in field testing. Report results in writing.

B. All tests are to be completed and the results are required to be submitted prior to substantial completion.

C. Perform tests and inspections. D. Systems performance shall be tested and adjusted to meet or exceed all

manufacturers’ published specifications. E. Inspection: Verify that units and controls are properly installed, connected, and labeled,

and that interconnecting wires and terminals are identified. F. Pretesting: Align and adjust system and pretest components, wiring, and functions to

verify that they comply with specified requirements. Replace malfunctioning or damaged items. Retest until satisfactory performance and conditions are achieved.

G. Test Schedule: Schedule tests after pretesting has successfully been completed and system has been in normal functional operation for at least 14 days. Provide a minimum of 10 days' notice of test schedule.

H. Operational Tests: Perform operational system tests to verify that system complies with Specifications. Include all modes of system operation. Test equipment for proper operation in all functional modes.

I. Tests and Inspections: 1. Label each cable within 4 inches. 2. Visually inspect cable jacket materials for NRTL certification markings. 3. Inspect cabling terminations in communications equipment rooms for compliance

with color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections for compliance with specifications.

4. Visually confirm UL marking of cables and equipment. 5. Visually inspect camera and cable placement, cable termination, grounding and

bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components. 6. Test camera power cabling for DC loop resistance, shorts, opens, intermittent

faults, and polarity between conductors. 7. Test instruments shall meet or exceed applicable requirements. 8. Use only test cords and adapters that are qualified by test equipment

manufacturer. J. Final Verification Tests: Perform verification tests for CCTV system after NVR,

cameras and the complete cabling system are installed. 1. All components are properly installed and free from defects. 2. The systems have been tested and adjusted according to the provisions of the

specification.



K. Document data for each measurement. Data for submittals shall be printed in a summary report, saved, printed and submitted.

L. System will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections. M. Prepare test and inspection reports to be included in the Operating and

Maintenance Manual. N. An authorized District representative will do a review of the cabling installation,

labeling, all documentation required and system performance before final acceptance. O. Retest: Correct deficiencies identified by tests and observations and retest until

requirements specified are met.

3.90 TRAINING A. Provide factory authorized service representative to train and demonstrate adjustment,

operation and maintenance the owner’s personnel. B. Train Owner's personnel in CCTV operations, adjustment of components,

programming, including rerouting signals in failed cables, keeping records of camera assignments and revisions when extending wiring to establish locations and reading and updating as-built drawings. Provide at least two sessions of a minimum of four hours each. Session shall be video taped and included in final project submittals. Refer to 1.5 Submittals, J and K for other requirements.


SA

INT

PA

UL

PU

BLI

C S

CH

OO

LS

CC

TV

CA

ME

RA

AN

D N

VR

SY

ST

EM

SIN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

DRAWN BY: JAW

DATE: APR\26\19

T-1

WG

PR

OJE

CT

NO

. 170

02

DIVISION 27DETAIL

HAMLINEELEMENTARY

SCHOOL

1599ENGLEWOOD

AVENUEST. PAUL, MN

-

WGThe Westlund Group, Inc.

12527 Central Avenue NE, Suite 310

Phone 763-767-2534

Fax 763-757-1565

SA

INT

PA

UL

PU

BLI

C S

CH

OO

LS

CC

TV

CA

ME

RA

AN

D N

VR

SY

ST

EM

SIN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

DRAWN BY: JAW

DATE: APR\26\19

T-2

WG

PR

OJE

CT

NO

. 170

02

DIVISION 27DETAIL

CROSSROADSELEMENTARY

SCHOOL

543 FRONTAVENUE

ST. PAUL, MN

-



Phone 763-767-2534

Fax 763-757-1565

SA

INT

PA

UL

PU

BLI

C S

CH

OO

LS

CC

TV

CA

ME

RA

AN

D N

VR

SY

ST

EM

SIN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

DRAWN BY: JAW

DATE: APR/26/19

T-3

WG

PR

OJE

CT

NO

. 170

02

DIVISION 27DETAIL

WASHINGTONTECHNOLOGY

MAGNET

1495 RICESTREET

ST. PAUL, MN

MAIN LEVEL



Phone 763-767-2534

Fax 763-757-1565

SA

INT

PA

UL

PU

BLI

C S

CH

OO

LS

CC

TV

CA

ME

RA

AN

D N

VR

SY

ST

EM

SIN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

DRAWN BY: JAW

DATE: APR\26\19

T-4

WG

PR

OJE

CT

NO

. 170

02

DIVISION 27DETAIL



Phone 763-767-2534

Fax 763-757-1565


MAGNET

1495 RICESTREET

ST. PAUL, MN

PARTIAL SECONDLEVEL

SA

INT

PA

UL

PU

BLI

C S

CH

OO

LS

CC

TV

CA

ME

RA

AN

D N

VR

SY

ST

EM

SIN

ST

ALL

AT

ION

DRAWN BY: JAW

DATE: APR\26\19

T-5

WG

PR

OJE

CT

NO

. 170

02

DIVISION 27DETAIL



Phone 763-767-2534

Fax 763-757-1565


MAGNET

1495 RICESTREET

ST. PAUL, MN

THIRD ANDFOURTH LEVELS